barc201302126k.htm
 
 
 
UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, DC 20549
 
 
FORM 6-K
 
 
REPORT OF FOREIGN PRIVATE ISSUER

PURSUANT TO RULE 13A-16 OR 15D-16

UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
February 12, 2013
 
Barclays PLC and

Barclays Bank PLC
(Names of Registrants)
 
 
 1 Churchill Place

London E14 5HP
England
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant files or will file annual reports
under cover of Form 20-F or Form 40-F.

 
Form 20-F x           Form 40-F

 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant by furnishing the information
contained in this Form is also thereby furnishing the information to the
Commission pursuant to Rule 12g3-2(b) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 
Yes           No x

 
If "Yes" is marked, indicate below the file number assigned to the registrant
in connection with Rule 12g3-2(b):

 
This Report is a joint Report on Form 6-K filed by Barclays PLC and Barclays
Bank PLC. All of the issued ordinary share capital of Barclays Bank PLC is
owned by Barclays PLC.

 
This Report comprises:

 
Information given to The London Stock Exchange and furnished pursuant to
General Instruction B to the General Instructions to Form 6-K.


 
 
EXHIBIT INDEX
 
 
Final Results dated February 12, 2013







 




SIGNATURES

 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, each of the registrants has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
 
 
 
 
BARCLAYS PLC
(Registrant)

 
Date: February 12, 2013
 
By: /s/ Patrick Gonsalves
----------------------
Patrick Gonsalves
Deputy Secretary
 
 
 
 
BARCLAYS BANK PLC
(Registrant)



Date: February 12, 2013
 
By: /s/ Patrick Gonsalves
----------------------
Patrick Gonsalves
Joint Secretary
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Barclays PLC
Results Announcement
 
31 December 2012
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 

 
 
 
Table of Contents
 
 
 
Preliminary Results Announcement
Page
Performance Highlights                                     
2
Chief Executive's Statement
4
Group Finance Director's Review
6
Barclays Results by Quarter
8
Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
9
Results by Business
  
- Retail and Business Banking
  
-   UK
14
-   Europe
16
-   Africa
18
-   Barclaycard
20
- Corporate and Investment Banking
  
-   Investment Bank
22
-   Corporate Banking
26
- Wealth and Investment Management
30
- Head Office and Other Operations
32
Business Results by Quarter
33
Performance Management
  
- Remuneration
35
- Returns and Equity
39
- Margins and Balances
40
Risk Management
42
- Funding Risk - Capital
43
- Funding Risk - Liquidity
48
- Credit Risk
56
- Market Risk
83
Financial Statement Notes
84
Other Financial Information
101
Shareholder Information
102
Index
103
 
 
 
 
BARCLAYS PLC, 1 CHURCHILL PLACE, LONDON, E14 5HP, UNITED KINGDOM. TELEPHONE: +44 (0) 20 7116 1000. COMPANY NO. 48839
 

 

 
 
 
 
 
 
The term Barclays or Group refers to Barclays PLC together with its subsidiaries. Unless otherwise stated, the income statement analysis compares the twelve months to 31 December 2012 to the corresponding twelve months of 2011 and balance sheet comparatives relate to 31 December 2011. The abbreviations '£m' and '£bn' represent millions and thousands of millions of pounds sterling respectively; the abbreviations '$m' and '$bn' represent millions and thousands of millions of US dollars respectively and 'C$m' and 'C$bn' represent millions and thousands of millions of Canadian dollars respectively.
 
 
Adjusted profit before tax and adjusted performance metrics have been presented to provide a more consistent basis for comparing business performance between periods. Adjusting items are considered to be significant and not representative of the underlying business performance. Items excluded from the adjusted measures are: the impact of own credit; gains on debt buy-backs; impairment and disposal of the investment in BlackRock, Inc.; the provision for Payment Protection Insurance redress payments and claims management costs (PPI redress); the provision for interest rate hedging products redress and claims management costs (interest rate hedging products redress); goodwill impairments; and gains and losses on acquisitions and disposals. The regulatory penalties relating to the industry-wide investigation into the setting of interbank offered rates have not been excluded from adjusted measures.
 
 
Relevant terms that are used in this document but are not defined under applicable regulatory guidance or International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) are explained in the Results glossary that can be accessed at http://group.barclays.com/about-barclays/investor-relations#institutional-investors.
 
 
In accordance with Barclays policy to provide meaningful disclosures that help investors and other stakeholders understand the financial position, performance and changes in the financial position of the Group, and having regard to the British Bank Association Disclosure Code, the information provided in this report goes beyond minimum requirements. Barclays continues to develop its financial reporting considering best practice and welcomes feedback from investors, regulators and other stakeholders on the disclosures that they would find most useful.
 
 
The Listing Rules of the UK Listing Authority (LR 9.7A.1) require that preliminary statements of annual results must be agreed with the listed company's auditors prior to publication, even though an audit opinion has not yet been issued. In addition, the Listing Rules require such statements to give details of the nature of any likely modification that may be contained in the auditors' report to be included with the annual report and accounts. Barclays PLC confirms that it has agreed this preliminary statement of annual results with PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP and that the Board of Directors has not been made aware of any likely modification to the auditors' report to be included with the annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 December 2012.
 
 
The information in this announcement, which was approved by the Board of Directors on 11 February 2013, does not comprise statutory accounts within the meaning of Section 434 of the Companies Act 2006. Statutory accounts for the year ended 31 December 2011, which included certain information required for the Joint Annual Report on Form 20-F of Barclays PLC and Barclays Bank PLC to the US Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) and which contained an unqualified audit report under Section 495 of the Companies Act 2006 and which did not make any statements under Section 498 of the Companies Act 2006, have been delivered to the Registrar of Companies in accordance with Section 441 of the Companies Act 2006.
 
 
These results will be furnished as a Form 6-K to the SEC as soon as practicable following their publication. Once filed with the SEC, copies of the Form 6-K will also be available from the Barclays Investor Relations website www.barclays.com/investorrelations and from the SEC's website (www.sec.gov).
 
 
Forward-looking statements
 
 
This document contains certain forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 21E of the US Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and Section 27A of the US Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with respect to certain of the Group's plans and its current goals and expectations relating to its future financial condition and performance. Barclays cautions readers that no forward-looking statement is a guarantee of future performance and that actual results could differ materially from those contained in the forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements can be identified by the fact that they do not relate only to historical or current facts. Forward-looking statements sometimes use words such as "may", "will", "seek", "continue", "aim", "anticipate", "target", "expect", "estimate", "intend", "plan", "goal", "believe" or other words of similar meaning. Examples of forward-looking statements include, among others, statements regarding the Group's future financial position, income growth, assets, impairment charges, business strategy, capital ratios, leverage, payment of dividends, projected levels of growth in the banking and financial markets, projected costs, estimates of capital expenditures and plans and objectives for future operations and other statements that are not historical fact. By their nature, forward-looking statements involve risk and uncertainty because they relate to future events and circumstances, including, but not limited to, UK domestic, Eurozone and global economic and business conditions, the effects of continued volatility in credit markets, market related risks such as changes in interest rates and exchange rates, effects of changes in valuation of credit market exposures, changes in valuation of issued notes, the policies and actions of governmental and regulatory authorities (including requirements regarding capital and Group structures and the potential for one or more countries exiting the Euro), changes in legislation, the further development of standards and interpretations under IFRS and prudential capital rules applicable to past, current and future periods, evolving practices with regard to the interpretation and application of standards, the outcome of current and future legal proceedings, the success of future acquisitions and other strategic transactions and the impact of competition - a number of such factors being beyond the Group's control. As a result, the Group's actual future results may differ materially from the plans, goals, and expectations set forth in the Group's forward-looking statements.
 
 
Any forward-looking statements made herein speak only as of the date they are made. Except as required by the UK Financial Services Authority (FSA), the London Stock Exchange plc (LSE) or applicable law, Barclays expressly disclaims any obligation or undertaking to release publicly any updates or revisions to any forward-looking statements contained in this announcement to reflect any change in Barclays expectations with regard thereto or any change in events, conditions or circumstances on which any such statement is based. The reader should, however, consult any additional disclosures that Barclays has made or may make in documents it has filed or may file with the LSE and/or the SEC.
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
Performance Highlights
 
"There is no doubt that 2012 was a difficult year for Barclays and the entire banking sector. The behaviours which made headlines during the year stemmed from a period of 20 years in banking in which the sector became too aggressive, too focused on the short-term, and too disconnected from the needs of customers and clients, and wider society. Barclays was not immune from the impact of these trends, and we suffered reputational damage in 2012 as a consequence. Change is needed both in our industry and at Barclays. 
 
As I reflect on my first five months as Chief Executive and on the transformation required, I am reassured by the strong foundations on which we can build. Through a prolonged difficult economic environment, our financial performance has been strong, and our 2012 results clearly demonstrate the good momentum in our businesses. Our franchise remains robust and well positioned, in fact our position in many businesses improved through the year. I am proud of how our colleagues were not distracted and continued to focus on delivering for our customers and clients. I am also grateful for our customers' and clients' continued loyalty to Barclays, despite circumstances where it could have easily faltered.
 
The significant reduction in this year's total incentive awards is the product of actions taken by management to reposition Barclays in the marketplace and reflects the significant conduct issues that impacted Barclays in 2012. We committed last year to a journey to bring down our compensation ratio and have made good progress this year, with the Group compensation to net income ratio declining to 38% (2011: 42%). While this is progress, not the destination, we believe a ratio in the mid-30s is a sustainable position in the medium term which will ensure that we can continue to pay our people competitively for performance while also enabling us to deliver a greater share of the income we generate to shareholders.
 
Of course we must also improve our financial position further - despite improvement year on year, our return on equity is not yet at an acceptable level. However, the notion that there must always be a choice between profits and a values-driven business is false. Barclays will only be a valuable business if it is a values-driven business. Under my leadership, Barclays will become a valuable and sustainable institution for all our stakeholders by aligning behind a common purpose: 'helping people achieve their ambitions - in the right way'. This will be delivered by embedding five core values: Respect, Integrity, Service, Excellence and Stewardship. By building this culture, I am confident that Barclays can become the 'Go-To' bank for all our stakeholders"
 
Antony Jenkins, Chief Executive
 
 
-  
Adjusted profit before tax was up 26% to £7,048m for the 12 months ended 31 December 2012, with an improvement of 46% in Corporate and Investment Banking, and 52% in Wealth and Investment Management
-  
Statutory profit before tax decreased to £246m (2011: £5,879m), including own credit charge of £4,579m (2011: gain of £2,708m), gain on disposal of BlackRock investment of £227m (2011: impairment/loss of £1,858m), £1,600m (2011: £1,000m) provision for PPI redress, and £850m (2011: £nil) provision for interest rate hedging products redress
-  
Investment Bank profit before tax increased 37% to £4,063m driven by income growth of 13% and reduced operating expenses. Q4 12 Investment Bank income was £2,593m, up 43% on Q4 11 and down 2% on Q3 12
-  
Adjusted return on average shareholders' equity increased to 7.8% (2011: 6.6%) with improvements in most of our businesses. Statutory return on average shareholders' equity was negative 1.9% (2011: positive 5.8%)
-  
Adjusted income was up 2% at £29,043m despite challenging economic conditions, the continuing low interest rate environment and non-recurrence of gains from the disposal of hedging instruments in 2011 of £1,061m
-  
Credit impairment charges were down 5% at £3,596m, principally reflecting improvements in Barclaycard, Corporate Banking and UK RBB, partially offset by higher charges in the Investment Bank, Africa RBB and Europe RBB
-  
Adjusted operating expenses were down 3% to £18,539m as we reduced non-performance costs by 3% to £16,114m and performance costs by 4% to £2,425m. Total incentive awards declined 16% for the Group and 20% for the Investment Bank, reducing the Investment Bank compensation: income ratio to 39% (2011: 47%)
-  
Core Tier 1 ratio remained strong at 10.9% (2011: 11.0%). Risk weighted assets reduced 1% to £387bn
-  
The Group continues to access both secured and unsecured term funding markets and raised £28bn of term funding in 2012, including £6bn through Barclays participation in the Bank of England's Funding for Lending Scheme (FLS). In Q4 12 the Group successfully placed $3bn of Tier 2 Contingent Capital Notes (CCNs) which was well received by the market
-  
The Group delivered £44bn (2011: £45bn) of gross new lending to UK households and businesses
 

 

 
Performance Highlights
 
Barclays Results  
Adjusted
  
Statutory
 
 
for the twelve months ended
31.12.12
31.12.11
    
31.12.12
31.12.11
  
 
£m
£m
% Change
  
£m
£m
% Change
Total income net of insurance claims
29,043 
28,512 
2 
  
24,691 
32,292 
(24)
Credit impairment charges and other provisions  
(3,596)
(3,802)
(5)
  
(3,596)
(5,602)
(36)
Net operating income  
25,447 
24,710 
3 
  
21,095 
26,690 
(21)
Operating expenses
(18,539)
(19,180)
(3)
  
(20,989)
(20,777)
1 
Other net income/(expense)
140 
60 
    
140 
(34)
  
Profit before tax  
7,048 
5,590 
26 
  
246 
5,879 
  
Profit/(loss) after tax   
5,023 
4,265 
18 
  
(236)
3,951 
  
               
Performance Measures
              
Return on average shareholders' equity
7.8%
6.6%
    
(1.9%)
5.8%
  
Return on average tangible shareholders' equity
9.1%
7.9%
    
(2.2%)
6.9%
  
Return on average risk weighted assets
1.3%
1.1%
    
(0.1%)
1.0%
  
Cost: income ratio
64%
67%
    
85%
64%
  
Compensation: net operating income
38%
42%
    
46%
39%
  
Loan loss rate
75bps
77bps
    
75bps
77bps
  
               
Basic earnings/(loss) per share  
34.5p
27.7p
    
(8.5p)
25.1p
  
Dividend per share  
6.5p
6.0p
    
6.5p
6.0p
  
   
              
Capital and Balance Sheet  
              
Core Tier 1 ratio  
        
10.9%
11.0%
  
Risk weighted assets  
        
£387bn
£391bn
  
Adjusted gross leverage
        
19x
20x
  
Group liquidity pool  
        
£150bn
£152bn
  
Net asset value per share  
        
438p
456p
  
Net tangible asset value per share  
        
373p
391p
  
Loan: deposit ratio  
        
110%
118%
  
               
Adjusted Profit Reconciliation
              
Adjusted profit before tax
        
7,048 
5,590 
  
Own credit
        
(4,579)
2,708 
  
Gains on debt buy-backs
        
- 
1,130 
  
Gain/(loss) on disposal and impairment of BlackRock investment
        
227 
(1,858)
  
Provision for PPI redress
        
(1,600)
(1,000)
  
Provision for interest rate hedging products redress
        
(850)
- 
  
Goodwill impairment
        
- 
(597)
  
Losses on acquisitions and disposals
        
- 
(94)
  
Statutory profit before tax
        
246 
5,879 
  
 
 
               
 
Adjusted
  
Statutory
 
 
Profit/(Loss) Before Tax by Business
31.12.12
31.12.11
    
31.12.12
31.12.11
  
 
£m
£m
% Change
  
£m
£m
% Change
UK
1,472 
1,420 
4 
  
292 
1,020 
(71)
Europe
(239)
(234)
2 
  
(239)
(661)
(64)
Africa
468 
830 
(44)
  
468 
832 
(44)
Barclaycard
1,506 
1,208 
25 
  
1,086 
561 
  
Retail and Business Banking (RBB)
3,207 
3,224 
(1)
  
1,607 
1,752 
(8)
Investment Bank
4,063 
2,965 
37 
  
4,063 
2,965 
37 
Corporate Banking
551 
204 
    
(299)
8 
  
Corporate and Investment Banking
4,614 
3,169 
46 
  
3,764 
2,973 
27 
Wealth and Investment Management
315 
207 
52 
  
315 
207 
52 
Head Office and Other Operations
(1,088)
(1,010)
8 
  
(5,440)
947 
  
Total profit before tax
7,048 
5,590 
26 
  
246 
5,879 
  
               
 

 
 

 
Chief Executive's Statement
 
2012 was a difficult year for Barclays. In June we reached a settlement with various regulators regarding the Bank's misconduct in relation to LIBOR and EURIBOR. We know that we need to change the way we do business if we are going to regain the trust of our various stakeholders and begin to restore our reputation. The process will take time, but we are committed to transforming Barclays.
 
 
We have defined our goal as becoming the 'Go-To' bank, an ambition for Barclays to be the instinctive bank of choice for all those with whom we engage. We want that choice to be both rational and emotional - because of what we deliver (our performance), and how we deliver (our values).
 
 
In the Autumn, I established a programme, which we called 'TRANSFORM', as the route through which we will become the 'Go-To' bank. That programme is made up of three parts, each with a distinct objective, they are:
 
 
1) Turnaround: To stabilise the organisation, ensuring short-term momentum is maintained while preparing the organisation for the change to come.
 
 
 2) Return Acceptable Numbers: To improve business returns through defining and executing a plan to deliver a return on equity above the cost of equity.
 
 
3) Sustain Forward Momentum: To become the 'Go-To' bank for all of our stakeholders - customers and clients, colleagues, investors and wider society.
 
 
Over the past five months, we have actively engaged and listened carefully to a wide range of our stakeholders and crafted robust plans to deliver each of these objectives, consistent with their needs. We have a deep appreciation of the scale of the task ahead as a result.
 
 
In the period post my appointment, my focus was on stabilising the organisation and maintaining momentum in the business. Colleagues across the business rose to that challenge, and we were able to deliver adjusted profit before tax for the year ended 31 December 2012, of £7bn - a 26% increase on 2011. That is a good achievement given the context in which we operated for much of the year. Our statutory profit before tax declined to £246m, primarily reflecting a £4.6bn own credit charge, and provisions of £1.6bn and £850m for PPI and interest rate hedging products redress, respectively.
 
 
Despite the ongoing global economic and market challenges, adjusted income increased 2% to £29.0bn and impairments improved 5%, decreasing to £3.6bn. We were also able to reduce our adjusted operating expenses by 3% to £18.5bn and improve our adjusted cost to income ratio to 64%. Consistent with the commitment that we made to shareholders last year, and despite the strong performance of our business in 2012, we lowered incentives by 16%, taking our compensation: net income ratio in the Group down to 38% (2011: 42%), and our compensation:income ratio in the Investment Bank was down to 39% (2011: 47%).
 
 
We were able to provide £44bn in gross new lending to UK households and businesses, including an estimated £5.7bn of net new lending under the Funding for Lending Scheme. Barclays was the leading provider of loans to UK households and businesses under the National Loan Guarantee Scheme and the FLS through Q3 121 with strong growth continuing, particularly to individuals and households through Q4. Moreover, the Investment Bank raised over £830bn in financing for businesses and governments globally, ranking it the fourth largest provider of financing globally.
 
 
Barclays has a proud history of serving the broader needs of society while also delivering good business results. In the UK during 2012 we continued that tradition. We welcomed our 500th apprentice in January 2013 and are on track to meet our commitment to recruit 1,000 apprentices by the middle of 2013. We renewed our global partnership with UNICEF, committing to invest a further £5m over three years in programmes to develop the skills and employability of disadvantaged young people in emerging economies. Nearly 68,000 Barclays colleagues provided their time, skills and money to charitable causes and we invested a total of £64m in community programmes globally in 2012.
 
 
Regulators and governments rightly want to be sure that the banking system is robust. Barclays continues to be at the forefront of work to introduce Resolution and Recovery Plans. Our Core Tier 1 ratio remained strong at 10.9%, we reduced risk weighted assets to £387bn and maintained a liquidity pool of £150bn. In November, Barclays successfully placed $3bn of Contingent Capital Notes in the market, reinforcing the market's view that Barclays is financially robust.
 
 
Our adjusted return on equity improved to 7.8% from 6.6%, with improvements in the majority of our businesses. However, there is still much work to be done to ensure that our return on equity exceeds our cost of equity on a sustainable basis.
 
 
Despite the challenges, Barclays performance enabled us to pay a full year dividend of 6.5p.
 
 
 
1     Cumulative net stock lending for Q3 2012 as per Bank of England publication in December 2012: http://www.bankofengland.co.uk/markets/Pages/FLS/data.aspx.
 
 
Chief Executive's Statement
 
 
While I take pride in and comfort from Barclays performance in 2012, I understand that much more is expected of us as we move forward, in particular the need for our shareholders to receive an appropriate return. Highlights of our future plans developed through our TRANSFORM programme are contained in a separate announcement published this morning. Those make clear that our intention is to create a material improvement in return on equity over the medium term and with that a significant improvement in the dividend pay-out rate.
 
 
But how we do things at Barclays in the future will be every bit as important as what we do. In January of this year, we launched Barclays new purpose and values - a set of standards that will apply consistently across all businesses and serve as the basis against which the performance of every colleague and every business across the organisation will be assessed and rewarded.
 
 
Our Purpose is simple: to help people achieve their ambitions - in the right way.
 
 
Our Values appear simple but have deep implications for the behaviour that we expect of each and every colleague: Respect, Integrity, Service, Excellence and Stewardship.
 
 
The pursuit of profit that is achieved in ways inconsistent with that purpose and those values will not be tolerated. I believe Barclays will only be a valuable business if it is a values-driven business. We must operate to the highest standards if our stakeholders are to trust us and bring their business to Barclays. Our long-term performance depends on it.
 
 
We know that we have a great deal of work to do. We know that we will be judged by our actions, not our words. We are completely committed to becoming the 'Go-To' bank - for our customers and clients; colleagues; investors; and wider society.
 
 
Antony Jenkins, Chief Executive
 
 

 
Group Finance Director's Review
 
Income Statement
 
 
-  
Adjusted profit before tax increased 26% to £7,048m. Adjusted results provide a more consistent basis for comparing business performance between periods
 
 
-  
Statutory profit before tax decreased to £246m (2011: £5,879m), including own credit charge of £4,579m (2011: gain of £2,708m), gain on disposal of BlackRock investment of £227m (2011: impairment/loss of £1,858m), £1,600m (2011: £1,000m) provision for PPI redress, and £850m (2011: £nil) provision for interest rate hedging products redress
 
-  
Adjusted return on average shareholders' equity increased to 7.8% (2011: 6.6%) with significant improvements in UK RBB, Barclaycard, Investment Bank, Corporate Banking and Wealth and Investment Management
 
-
Adjusted income was up 2% at £29,043m despite challenging economic conditions, the continuing low interest rate environment and non-recurrence of £1,061m gains from the disposal of hedging instruments in 2011
 
 
 
-
Total net interest income reduced 5% to £11,639m. Customer net interest income for RBB, Corporate Banking and Wealth and Investment Management was stable at £9,816m while the net interest margin for these businesses declined 18bps to 185bps, principally reflecting the non-recurrence of gains from the disposal of hedging instruments in 2011
 
 
 
-
Total income in the Investment Bank increased 13% to £11,722m driven by increases in Fixed Income, Currency and Commodities (FICC), Equities and Prime Services, and Investment Banking, particularly in the Americas
 
 
-
Credit impairment charges were down 5% at £3,596m, principally reflecting improvements in Barclaycard, Corporate Banking and UK RBB. This was partially offset by higher charges in the Investment Bank, Africa RBB and Europe RBB
 
 
 
-
Annualised loan loss rate decreased to 75bps (2011: 77bps) reflecting a 6% reduction in impairment charge on loans and advances and a 3% contraction in gross loans and advances principally due to lower balances in the Investment Bank
 
 
-
Adjusted operating expenses were down 3% to £18,539m
 
 
 
-
Non-performance costs decreased 3% to £16,114m after absorbing regulatory penalties of £290m (2011: £nil) relating to the industry-wide investigation into the setting of interbank offered rates and a £345m (2011: £325m) UK bank levy charge
 
 
 
-
Performance costs reduced 4% to £2,425m despite an increase in the charge for bonuses deferred from prior years to £1,223m (2011: £995m). The Investment Bank compensation: income ratio reduced to 39% (2011: 47%) including charges for bonuses deferred from prior years of £1,117m (2011: £907m)
 
 
-
The adjusted cost: income ratio decreased to 64% (2011: 67%). The Investment Bank cost: net operating income ratio improved to 64% (2011: 71%)
 
-
The tax charge on adjusted profits increased to £2,025m (2011: £1,325m), giving an adjusted effective tax rate of 28.7% (2011: 23.7%). The tax charge on statutory profits decreased to £482m (2011: £1,928m) after including a tax credit of £1,543m (2011: charge of £603m) on the charge for own credit, provisions for PPI and interest rate hedging product redress and other adjusting items, which mainly received relief at the UK rate of 24.5% (2011: 26.5%), resulting in a significant increase in the statutory effective tax rate
 
 
Balance Sheet 
 
 
-
Total loans and advances declined to £466bn (2011: £479bn) with increases in UK mortgage lending and Barclaycard offset by reductions in lending in the Investment Bank, Europe RBB and Corporate Bank
 
-
Total assets reduced 5% to £1,490bn, principally reflecting lower derivative assets as spreads tightened within the credit derivative portfolio. This was partially offset by increased reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending due to higher matched book trading
 
-
Total shareholders' equity (including non-controlling interests) reduced £2.2bn to £63.0bn, driven by the loss for the year, dividends paid and currency translation differences due to depreciation of US dollar and South African Rand against Sterling. This was partially offset by positive available for sale and cash flow hedge reserve movements
 
-
Net asset value per share reduced to 438p (2011: 456p) and the net tangible asset value per share to 373p (2011: 391p)
 
-
Adjusted gross leverage decreased to 19x (2011: 20x) and moved within a month end range of 19x to 23x. Excluding the liquidity pool, adjusted gross leverage decreased to 16x (2011: 17x)
 
Capital Management 
 
 
-
Core Tier 1 ratio was 10.9% (2011: 11.0%), reflecting a 2% reduction in Core Tier 1 capital to £42.1bn partially offset by a 1% reduction in risk weighted assets to £387bn
 

 

 
Group Finance Director's Review
 
 
-    
Barclays generated £1.8bn Core Tier 1 capital from earnings, which excludes movements in own credit, after absorbing the impact of dividends paid and provisions for customer redress. The increase from earnings was more than offset by a £1.2bn increase in the defined benefit pension adjustment and a £1.6bn reduction in reserves due to foreign exchange movements
 
- 
Risk weighted assets reduced 1% to £387bn principally due to reductions in risk exposures, including the sell down of legacy assets, and the impact of foreign exchange movements, largely offset by an increased operational risk charge and methodology and model changes
 
-    
During the fourth quarter, the Group successfully placed $3bn of Tier 2 Contingent Capital Notes (CCNs), which was well received by the market
 
- 
We have estimated our proforma CRD IV Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) ratio on both a transitional and fully loaded basis, reflecting our current interpretation of the rules and assuming they were applied as at 1 January 2013. As at that date Barclays proforma transitional CET1 ratio would be approximately 10.6% and the fully loaded CET1 ratio would be approximately 8.2%
 
 
Funding and Liquidity 
 
 
-    
The Group maintained a strong liquidity position throughout 2012. As at 31 December 2012, the Group estimates it was compliant with both the LCR requirement at 126% and the NSFR requirement at 104% based upon the Basel standards
 
- 
The liquidity pool was £150bn(2011: £152bn) remaining well within our liquidity risk appetite. During 2012 the month end liquidity pool ranged from £150bn to £173bn (2011: £140bn to £167bn) 
 
- 
The loan to deposit ratio for the Group was 110% (2011: 118%) and for RBB, Corporate Banking and Wealth and Investment Management was 102% (2011: 111%). The loan to deposit and secured funding ratio was 88% (2011: 101%)
 
- 
Total wholesale funding outstanding (excluding repurchase agreements) was £240bn (2011: £265bn), of which £101bn matures in less than one year (2011: £130bn)
 
- 
The wholesale funding requirement supporting retail and wholesale businesses reduced with the continued increase in customer deposits and further reduction of legacy assets. £27bn of term debt matured in 2012 and the group issued approximately £28bn of term funding. The Group has £18bn of term debt maturing in 2013. £6bn was raised through Barclays participation in the Bank of England's FLS supporting lending into the real economy to individuals, households and private non-financial companies
 
 
Other Matters
 
 
-
During Q4 Barclays determined that it is appropriate to provide a further £600m for PPI redress, principally as a result of a higher than anticipated response rate to pro-active mailings. This brings the cumulative provision to £2.6bn, of which £1.6bn had been utilised as at 31 December 2012. Based on claims experience to date and anticipated future volumes, the provision represents Barclays best estimate of expected future PPI redress payments and claims management costs. Barclays will continue to monitor actual claims volumes and the assumptions underlying the calculation of the PPI provision
 
-
Following the outcome of its pilot review of Interest Rate Hedging Products sold to small and medium-sized enterprises, and the Financial Services Authority's report on this review and those conducted by a number of other banks, Barclays has increased its provision for redress by £400m at Q4 2012. This brings the cumulative provision to £850m, of which £36m had been utilised as at 31 December 2012. The main review and redress exercise will commence shortly and the appropriate provision level will be kept under ongoing review as it progresses
 
 
Dividends
 
 
-
It is our policy to declare and pay dividends on a quarterly basis. We will pay a final cash dividend for 2012 of 3.5p per share on 15 March 2013, giving a total declared dividend for 2012 of 6.5p per share
 
 
Outlook
 
 
-
Performance in January has shown a good start to the year across the Group. As part of the TRANSFORM programme, we continue to focus on costs, returns and capital to drive sustainable performance improvements
 
 
Chris Lucas, Group Finance Director
 
 

 
 

 
Barclays Results by Quarter
 
Barclays Results by Quarter
Q412
Q312
Q212
Q112
  
Q411
Q311
Q211
Q111
 
£m
£m
£m
£m
  
£m
£m
£m
£m
Adjusted basis  
                  
Total income net of insurance claims  
6,696 
6,872 
7,337 
8,138 
  
6,212 
7,001 
7,549 
7,750 
Credit impairment charges and other provisions  
(939)
(825)
(1,054)
(778)
  
(951)
(1,023)
(907)
(921)
Net operating income  
5,757 
6,047 
6,283 
7,360 
  
5,261 
5,978 
6,642 
6,829 
Operating expenses (excluding UK bank levy)  
(4,362)
(4,341)
(4,542)
(4,949)
  
(4,414)
(4,659)
(4,940)
(4,842)
UK bank levy  
(345)
- 
- 
- 
  
(325)
- 
- 
- 
Other net income
44 
21 
41 
34 
  
6 
18 
19 
17 
Adjusted profit before tax  
1,094 
1,727 
1,782 
2,445 
  
528 
1,337 
1,721 
2,004 
   
                  
Adjusting items  
                  
Own credit  
(560)
(1,074)
(325)
(2,620)
  
(263)
2,882 
440 
(351)
Gains on debt buy-backs  
- 
- 
- 
- 
  
1,130 
- 
- 
- 
Impairment and gain/(loss) on disposal of BlackRock investment
- 
- 
227 
- 
  
- 
(1,800)
(58)
- 
Provision for PPI redress
(600)
(700)
- 
(300)
  
- 
- 
(1,000)
- 
Provision for interest rate hedging products redress
(400)
- 
(450)
- 
  
- 
- 
- 
- 
Goodwill impairment  
- 
- 
- 
- 
  
(550)
- 
(47)
- 
(Losses)/gains on acquisitions and disposals  
- 
- 
- 
- 
  
(32)
3 
(67)
2 
Statutory (loss)/profit before tax
(466)
(47)
1,234 
(475)
  
813 
2,422 
989 
1,655 
Statutory (loss)/ profit after tax
(610)
(106)
817 
(337)
  
602 
1,366 
742 
1,241 
                   
Attributable to:
                  
Equity holders of the parent
(835)
(276)
620 
(550)
  
356 
1,153 
486 
1,012 
Non-controlling interests
225 
170 
197 
213 
  
246 
213 
256 
229 
                   
Adjusted basic earnings per share  
5.2p
7.5p
8.2p
13.6p
  
1.2p
6.9p
8.9p
10.7p
Adjusted cost: income ratio  
70%
63%
62%
61%
  
76%
67%
65%
62%
Basic (loss)/earnings per share  
(6.8p)
(2.3p)
5.1p
(4.5p)
  
2.9p
9.7p
4.0p
8.5p
Cost: income ratio  
93%
87%
69%
95%
  
75%
47%
75%
65%
                   
 
 
Adjusted Profit/(Loss) Before Tax by Business
Q412
Q312
Q212
Q112
  
Q411
Q311
Q211
Q111
 
£m
£m
£m
£m
  
£m
£m
£m
£m
UK
326 
400 
412 
334 
  
222 
494 
416 
288 
Europe
(88)
(59)
(49)
(43)
  
(125)
52 
(102)
(59)
Africa
138 
56 
97 
177 
  
269 
219 
195 
147 
Barclaycard
356 
397 
404 
349 
  
259 
378 
275 
296 
Retail and Business Banking
732 
794 
864 
817 
  
625 
1,143 
784 
672 
Investment Bank
858 
937 
1,002 
1,266 
  
267 
388 
977 
1,333 
Corporate Banking
107 
98 
127 
219 
  
37 
113 
33 
21 
Corporate and Investment Banking
965 
1,035 
1,129 
1,485 
  
304 
501 
1,010 
1,354 
Wealth and Investment Management
115 
79 
61 
60 
  
54 
65 
42 
46 
Head Office and Other Operations
(718)
(181)
(272)
83 
  
(455)
(372)
(115)
(68)
Total profit before tax
1,094 
1,727 
1,782 
2,445 
  
528 
1,337 
1,721 
2,004 
 

 
 

 
Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
 
Condensed Consolidated Income Statement
   
Year Ended
Year Ended
Continuing Operations
  
31.12.12
31.12.11
 
Notes1
£m
£m
Net interest income
2
11,639 
12,201 
Net fee and commission income
  
8,582 
8,622 
Net trading income
  
3,025 
7,660 
Net investment income
  
817 
2,305 
Net premiums from insurance contracts
  
896 
1,076 
Net gain on disposal of investment in BlackRock, Inc.
  
227 
- 
Other income
  
105 
1,169 
Total income  
  
25,291 
33,033 
Net claims and benefits incurred on insurance contracts
  
(600)
(741)
Total income net of insurance claims
  
24,691 
32,292 
Credit impairment charges and other provisions
  
(3,596)
(3,802)
Impairment of investment in BlackRock, Inc.
  
- 
(1,800)
Net operating income
  
21,095 
26,690 
       
Staff costs
  
(10,447)
(11,407)
Administration and general expenses
3
(6,643)
(6,356)
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
  
(669)
(673)
Amortisation of intangible assets
  
(435)
(419)
UK Bank Levy
  
(345)
(325)
Operating expenses excluding goodwill impairment and provisions for PPI and interest rate hedging products redress
  
(18,539)
(19,180)
Goodwill impairment
  
- 
(597)
Provision for PPI redress
12
(1,600)
(1,000)
Provision for interest rate hedging products redress
12
(850)
- 
Operating expenses
  
(20,989)
(20,777)
       
Profit/(loss) on disposals of undertakings and share of results of associates and joint ventures
  
140 
(34)
Profit before tax
  
246 
5,879 
Tax
4
(482)
(1,928)
(Loss)/Profit after tax
  
(236)
3,951 
       
Attributable to:
      
Equity holders of the parent
  
(1,041)
3,007 
Non-controlling interests
5
805 
944 
(Loss)/Profit after tax
  
(236)
3,951 
       
Earnings per Share from Continuing Operations
      
Basic (loss)/earnings per ordinary share
6
(8.5p)
25.1p
Diluted (loss)/earnings per ordinary share
6
(8.5p)
24.0p
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1        For notes to the Financial Statements see pages 84 to 100.
 
 
 
 
 
Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
Condensed Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income
   
Year Ended
Year Ended
Continuing Operations
  
31.12.12
31.12.11
 
Notes1
£m
£m
(Loss)/profit after tax
  
(236)
3,951 
       
Other Comprehensive Income that may be recycled to profit or loss:
      
Currency translation differences
15
(1,578)
(1,607)
Available for sale investments
15
546 
1,374 
Cash flow hedges
15
662 
1,263 
Other
  
95 
(74)
Other comprehensive income for the year
  
(275)
956 
       
Total comprehensive income for the year
  
(511)
4,907 
       
Attributable to:
      
Equity holders of the parent
  
(1,107)
4,576 
Non-controlling interests
  
596 
331 
Total comprehensive income for the year
  
(511)
4,907 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1        For notes, see pages 84 to 100.

 

 
Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
 
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet
   
As at
As at
   
31.12.12
31.12.11
Assets
Notes1
£m
£m
Cash and balances at central banks
  
86,175 
106,894 
Items in the course of collection from other banks
  
1,456 
1,812 
Trading portfolio assets
  
145,030 
152,183 
Financial assets designated at fair value
  
46,061 
36,949 
Derivative financial instruments
8
469,146 
538,964 
Loans and advances to banks
  
40,489 
47,446 
Loans and advances to customers
  
425,729 
431,934 
Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending
  
176,956 
153,665 
Available for sale investments
  
75,109 
68,491 
Current and deferred tax assets
4
3,268 
3,384 
Prepayments, accrued income and other assets
  
4,360 
4,563 
Investments in associates and joint ventures
  
570 
427 
Goodwill and intangible assets
10
7,915 
7,846 
Property, plant and equipment
  
5,754 
7,166 
Retirement benefit assets
13
2,303 
1,803 
Total assets
  
1,490,321 
1,563,527 
       
Liabilities
      
Deposits from banks
  
77,010 
91,116 
Items in the course of collection due to other banks
  
1,573 
969 
Customer accounts
  
385,707 
366,032 
Repurchase agreements and other similar secured borrowing
  
217,342 
207,292 
Trading portfolio liabilities
  
44,794 
45,887 
Financial liabilities designated at fair value
  
78,280 
87,997 
Derivative financial instruments  
8
462,468 
527,910 
Debt securities in issue
  
119,581 
129,736 
Accruals, deferred income and other liabilities
  
12,232 
12,580 
Current and deferred tax liabilities
4
1,340 
2,092 
Subordinated liabilities
11
24,018 
24,870 
Provisions  
12
2,766 
1,529 
Retirement benefit liabilities
13
253 
321 
Total liabilities
  
1,427,364 
1,498,331 
       
Shareholders' Equity
      
Shareholders' equity excluding non-controlling interests
  
53,586 
55,589 
Non-controlling interests
5
9,371 
9,607 
Total shareholders' equity
  
62,957 
65,196 
       
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity
  
1,490,321 
1,563,527 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
1        For notes, see pages 84 to 100.

 

 
Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
 
Condensed Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
Year Ended 31.12.12
Called up Share Capital and Share Premium1 
Other Reserves1 
Retained Earnings
Total
Non-controlling Interests2 
Total
Equity
 
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
Balance at 1 January 2012
12,380 
3,837 
39,372 
55,589 
9,607 
65,196 
(Loss)/Profit after tax
- 
- 
(1,041)
(1,041)
805 
(236)
Currency translation movements
- 
(1,319)
- 
(1,319)
(259)
(1,578)
Available for sale investments
- 
502 
- 
502 
44 
546 
Cash flow hedges
- 
657 
- 
657 
5 
662 
Other
- 
- 
94 
94 
1 
95 
Total comprehensive income for the year
- 
(160)
(947)
(1,107)
596 
(511)
Issue of shares under employee share schemes
97 
- 
717 
814 
- 
814 
Increase in treasury shares
- 
(979)
- 
(979)
- 
(979)
Vesting of shares under employee share schemes
- 
946 
(946)
- 
- 
- 
Dividends paid
- 
- 
(733)
(733)
(694)
(1,427)
Other reserve movements
- 
- 
2 
2 
(138)
(136)
Balance at 31 December 2012
12,477 
3,644 
37,465 
53,586 
9,371 
62,957 
             
Year Ended 31.12.11
            
Balance at 1 January 2011
12,339 
1,754 
36,765 
50,858 
11,404 
62,262 
Profit after tax
- 
- 
3,007 
3,007 
944 
3,951 
Currency translation movements
- 
(1,009)
- 
(1,009)
(598)
(1,607)
Available for sale investments
- 
1,380 
- 
1,380 
(6)
1,374 
Cash flow hedges
- 
1,290 
- 
1,290 
(27)
1,263 
Other
- 
- 
(92)
(92)
18 
(74)
Total comprehensive income for the year
- 
1,661 
2,915 
4,576 
331 
4,907 
Issue of shares under employee share schemes
41 
- 
838 
879 
- 
879 
Increase in treasury shares
- 
(165)
- 
(165)
- 
(165)
Vesting of shares under employee share schemes
- 
499 
(499)
- 
- 
- 
Dividends paid
- 
- 
(660)
(660)
(727)
(1,387)
Redemption of Reserve Capital Instruments
- 
- 
- 
- 
(1,415)
(1,415)
Other reserve movements
- 
88 
13 
101 
14 
115 
Balance at 31 December 2011
12,380 
3,837 
39,372 
55,589 
9,607 
65,196 
             
 
 
 
 
 
 
1     Details of Share Capital and Other Reserves are shown on page 92.
 
2     Details of Non-controlling Interests are shown on page 86. Included within other reserve movement of the £138m, £91m relates to the disposal of the Iveco Finance business.  

 

 
Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
 
Condensed Consolidated Cash Flow Statement
  
 
Year Ended
Year Ended
Continuing Operations
31.12.12
31.12.11
 
£m
£m
Profit before tax
246 
5,879 
Adjustment for non-cash items
12,541 
8,193 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities
(24,987)
16,693 
Corporate income tax paid
(1,516)
(1,686)
Net cash from operating activities
(13,716)
29,079 
Net cash from investing activities
(7,099)
(1,912)
Net cash from financing activities
(2,842)
(5,961)
Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents
(4,109)
(2,933)
Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents
(27,766)
18,273 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the period
149,673 
131,400 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of the period
121,907 
149,673 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
Results by Business
 
UK Retail and Business Banking
        
   
Year Ended
Year Ended
  
Income Statement Information
  
31.12.12
31.12.11
  
   
£m
£m
% Change
Net interest income
  
3,227 
3,413 
(5)
Net fee and commission income
  
1,154 
1,157 
- 
Net investment income
  
- 
17 
  
Net premiums from insurance contracts
  
74 
92 
(20)
Other expense
  
(1)
(1)
  
Total income
  
4,454 
4,678 
(5)
Net claims and benefits incurred under insurance contracts
  
(33)
(22)
  
Total income net of insurance claims
  
4,421 
4,656 
(5)
Credit impairment charges and other provisions
  
(269)
(536)
(50)
Net operating income
  
4,152 
4,120 
1 
         
Operating expenses (excluding provision for PPI redress)
  
(2,684)
(2,702)
(1)
Provision for PPI redress
  
(1,180)
(400)
  
Operating expenses
  
(3,864)
(3,102)
25 
         
Other net income
  
4 
2 
  
Profit before tax
  
292 
1,020 
(71)
         
Adjusted profit before tax1 
  
1,472 
1,420 
4 
         
Balance Sheet Information
        
Loans and advances to customers at amortised cost
  
£128.2bn
£121.2bn
  
Customer deposits
  
£116.0bn
£111.8bn
  
Total assets
  
£136.7bn
£127.8bn
  
Risk weighted assets
  
£38.8bn
£34.0bn
  
         
 
Adjusted1
Statutory
 Performance Measures
31.12.12
31.12.11
31.12.12
31.12.11
Return on average equity
16.0%
14.9%
3.1%
10.6%
Return on average risk weighted assets
3.1%
3.0%
0.6%
2.1%
Cost: income ratio
61%
58%
87%
67%
Loan loss rate (bps)
21 
44 
21 
44 
         
Key Facts
  
31.12.12
31.12.11
  
90 day arrears rates - UK personal loans
  
1.3%
1.7%
  
90 day arrears rates - home loans
  
0.3%
0.3%
  
Number of UK current accounts
  
11.7m
11.9m
  
Number of UK savings accounts
  
15.4m
15.1m
  
Number of UK mortgage accounts
  
945,000 
930,000 
  
Number of Barclays Business customers
  
765,000 
785,000 
  
Average LTV of mortgage portfolio
  
46%
44%
  
Average LTV of new mortgage lending
  
56%
54%
  
Number of branches
  
1,593 
1,625 
  
Number of ATMs
  
4,166 
3,629 
  
Number of employees (full time equivalent)
  
34,800 
34,100 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1         Adjusted profit before tax and adjusted performance measures exclude the impact of the provision for PPI redress of £1,180m (2011: £400m).

 

 
Results by Business
 
UK Retail and Business Banking
 
 
- 
Loans and advances to UK customers and clients grew £7bn, including an estimated £4.4bn under the FLS where we have committed to pass all associated funding cost benefits to customers
 
- 
Attracted £4.2bn of UK deposits, principally through growth in ISAs and retail bonds
 
- 
From 1 December 2012, all branch and call centre staff will receive incentive payments based solely on customer satisfaction. The scheme will reward the customer service performance of branches and areas rather than that of individuals
 
 
2012 compared to 2011
 
 
- 
Income declined 5% to £4,421m reflecting higher funding costs and reduced contribution from structural hedges, including non recurrence of gains from the disposal of hedging instruments in 2011
 
-
Net interest income declined 5% to £3,227m with net interest margin down 14bps to 137bps principally due to reduced contributions from structural hedges
 
 
-
Customer asset margin decreased 15bps to 107bps reflecting higher funding costs. Average customer assets increased 5% to £124.3bn driven by mortgage growth
 
 
-
Customer liability margin increased 10bps to 97bps reflecting an increase in funding rates and therefore the value generated from customer liabilities. Average customer liabilities increased 4% to £111.8bn due to personal savings deposit growth
 
-
Non-interest income declined 4% to £1,194m reflecting lower net insurance income
 
-
Credit impairment charges decreased 50% to £269m reflecting improvements across all portfolios, principally in personal unsecured lending
 
 
-
Loan loss rate reduced to 21bps (2011: 44bps)
 
 
-
90 day arrear rates improved 33bps on UK personal loans to 1.3% and deteriorated4bps on UK mortgages to 0.3%
 
-
Adjusted operating expenses remained broadly flat at £2,684m (2011: £2,702m)
 
-
Adjusted profit before tax improved 4% to £1,472m. Statutory profit before tax declined 71% to £292m after £1,180m (2011: £400m) provision for PPI redress
 
-
Adjusted return on average equity improved to 16.0% (2011: 14.9%). Statutory return on average equity declined to 3.1% (2011: 10.6%)
 
-
Total loans and advances to customers increased 6% to £128.2bn driven by growth in mortgage balances
 
 
-
Mortgage balances of £114.7bn at 31 December 2012 (2011: £107.8bn). Gross new mortgage lending of £18.2bn (2011: £17.2bn) and mortgage redemptions of £11.3bn (2011: £10.7bn), resulted in net new mortgage lending of £6.9bn (2011: £6.5bn)
 
 
-
Average Loan to Value (LTV) ratio for the mortgage portfolio (including buy to let) on a current valuation basis was 46% (31 December 2011: 44%). Average LTV of new mortgage lending was 56% (31 December 2011: 54%)
 
-
Total customer deposits increased 4% to £116.0bn primarily driven by growth in savings from ISAs and retail bonds
 
-
Risk weighted assets increased 14% to £38.8bn principally due to mortgage balance growth, an increased operational risk charge and adoption of a more comprehensive approach to loans subject to forbearance
 
 
Q4 12 compared to Q3 12
 
 
-
Adjusted profit before tax declined 19% to £326m
 
 
-
Income declined 4% to £1,086m primarily due to provisions taken to remedy historical interest charges incorrectly applied to customers
 
 
-
Impairment decreased £5m to £71m 
 
 
-
Adjusted operating expenses increased 6% to £693m mainly due to the transfer of claims management costs to the PPI provision in Q3 12
 
-
Statutory loss before tax was £4m (Q3 12: £150m) including £330m (Q3 12: £550m) additional provision for PPI redress
 
-
Loans and advances to customers increased to £128.2bn (30 September 2012: £126.0bn) reflecting steady growth in mortgage balances. Customer deposits continued to increase to £116.0bn (30 September 2012: £114.5bn)
 

 

 
 
 
Results by Business
Europe Retail and Business Banking
        
   
Year Ended
Year Ended
  
Income Statement Information
  
31.12.12
31.12.11
  
   
£m
£m
% Change
Net interest income  
  
599 
786 
(24)
Net fee and commission income
  
284 
429 
(34)
Net trading income
  
7 
9 
  
Net investment income
  
52 
91 
(43)
Net premiums from insurance contracts
  
331 
463 
(29)
Other income/(expense)
  
1 
(49)
  
Total income
  
1,274 
1,729 
(26)
Net claims and benefits incurred under insurance contracts
  
(359)
(503)
(29)
Total income net of insurance claims
  
915 
1,226 
(25)
Credit impairment charges and other provisions
  
(328)
(261)
26 
Net operating income
  
587 
965 
(39)
         
Operating expenses (excluding goodwill impairment)
  
(839)
(1,211)
(31)
Goodwill impairment
  
- 
(427)
  
Operating expenses  
  
(839)
(1,638)
(49)
         
Other net income
  
13 
12 
8 
Loss before tax
  
(239)
(661)
(64)
         
Adjusted loss before tax1 
  
(239)
(234)
2 
         
Balance Sheet Information
        
Loans and advances to customers at amortised cost
  
£40.0bn
£43.6bn
  
Customer deposits
  
£17.6bn
£16.4bn
  
Total assets
  
£47.1bn
£51.3bn
  
Risk weighted assets
  
£17.1bn
£17.4bn
  
         
 
Adjusted1
Statutory
 Performance Measures
31.12.12
31.12.11
31.12.12
31.12.11
Return on average equity
(8.0%)
(6.0%)
(8.0%)
(21.8%)
Return on average risk weighted assets
(1.1%)
(0.9%)
(1.1%)
(3.3%)
Cost: income ratio
92%
99%
92%
134%
Loan loss rate (bps)
80 
54 
80 
54 
         
Key Facts
  
31.12.12
31.12.11
  
90 day arrears rate - Spain home loans
  
0.7%
0.5%
  
90 day arrears rate - Portugal home loans
  
0.7%
0.6%
  
90 day arrears rate - Italy home loans
  
1.0%
1.0%
  
90 day arrears rate - Total Europe RBB home loans
  
0.8%
0.7%
  
30 day arrears rate - cards
  
6.2%
5.9%
  
Number of customers
  
2.7m
2.7m
  
         
Number of branches  
  
923 
978 
  
Number of sales centres
  
219 
250 
  
Number of distribution points
  
1,142 
1,228 
  
         
Number of employees (full time equivalent)
  
7,900 
8,500 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1        Adjusted loss before tax and adjusted performance measures excludes the impact of goodwill impairment £nil (2011: £427m).

 

 
Results by Business
 
Europe Retail and Business Banking
 
 
- 
Strategic action taken to significantly reduce redenomination risk and reposition the business, considering the ongoing economic challenges
 
2012 compared to 2011
 
- 
Income declined 25% to £915m reflecting the challenging economic environment across Europe and non-recurrence of gains from disposal of hedging instruments in 2011
 
-
Net interest income declined 24% to £599m
 
 
-
Customer asset margin decreased 4bps to 83bps with net interest margin down 20bps to 108bps, driven by higher funding costs partially offset by product re-pricing
 
 
-
Average customer assets decreased 7% to £40.8bn driven by active management to reduce funding mismatch
 
 
-
Customer liability margin decreased 27bps to 38bps and average customer liabilities decreased 16% to £14.8bn, reflecting competitive pressures
 
-
Non-interest income declined 28% to £316m, reflecting lower commissions mainly from Italy mortgage sales and lower sales of investment products
 
-
Credit impairment charges increased 26% to £328m due to deterioration in credit performance across Europe reflecting current economic conditions
 
 
-
Loan loss rate increased to 80bps (2011: 54bps)
 
 
-
90 day arrears rate for home loans increased 19bps to 0.7% in Spain, increased 5bps to 0.7% in Portugal and increased 6bps to 1.0% in Italy
 
-
Adjusted operating expenses decreased 31% to £839m, reflecting non recurrence of 2011 restructuring charges of £189m and related ongoing cost savings
 
- 
Adjusted loss before tax increased 2% to £239m while adjusted return on average equity declined to negative 8.0% (2011: negative 6.0%) primarily due to lower average capital resulting from the 2011 goodwill impairment write off  
 
- 
Loans and advances to customers decreased 8% to £40.0bn reflecting currency movements and active management to reduce funding mismatch. This change has driven an 8% reduction in total assets to £47.1bn
 
- 
Customer deposits increased 7% to £17.6bn, reflecting active management to reduce funding mismatch
 
- 
Risk weighted assets decreased 2% to £17.1bn principally due to reductions in loans and advances and currency movements, partially offset by an increased operational risk charge and portfolio deterioration in Spain
 
 
 Q4 12 compared to Q3 12
 
-
Loss before tax increased 49% to £88m driven by a decline in income reflecting the challenging economic environment in Europe:
 
 
-
Income declined 4% to £210m driven by lower non-interest income from commissions and investment products
 
 
-
Impairment increased 25% to £95m mainly in Spain reflecting a decline in property values
 
 
-
Operating expenses remained in line with Q3 12
 
-
Loans and advances to customers remained stable at £40.0bn and customer deposits decreased 3% to £17.6bn reflecting competitive pressures
 
 

 
 

 
Results by Business
 
Africa Retail and Business Banking
        
   
Year Ended
Year Ended
  
Income Statement Information
  
31.12.12
31.12.11
  
   
£m
£m
% Change
Net interest income  
  
1,751 
1,978 
(11)
Net fee and commission income
  
1,101 
1,196 
(8)
Net trading income
  
69 
70 
(1)
Net investment income
  
5 
56 
  
Net premiums from insurance contracts
  
417 
432 
(3)
Other income
  
21 
54 
  
Total income
  
3,364 
3,786 
(11)
Net claims and benefits incurred under insurance contracts
  
(207)
(215)
(4)
Total income net of insurance claims
  
3,157 
3,571 
(12)
Credit impairment charges and other provisions
  
(646)
(466)
39 
Net operating income
  
2,511 
3,105 
(19)
         
Operating expenses  
  
(2,053)
(2,279)
(10)
         
Other net income
  
10 
6 
67 
Profit before tax
  
468 
832 
(44)
         
Adjusted profit before tax1 
  
468 
830 
(44)
         
Balance Sheet Information
        
Loans and advances to customers at amortised cost
  
£31.7bn
£34.4bn
  
Customer deposits
  
£22.0bn
£22.6bn
  
Total assets
  
£44.8bn
£48.2bn
  
Risk weighted assets
  
£27.0bn
£30.3bn
  
         
 
Adjusted1
Statutory
 
 
Performance Measures
31.12.12
31.12.11
31.12.12
31.12.11
Return on average equity
3.8%
9.7%
3.8%
9.8%
Return on average risk weighted assets
0.9%
1.7%
0.9%
1.7%
Cost: income ratio
65%
64%
65%
64%
Loan loss rate (bps)
194 
129 
194 
129 
         
Key Facts
  
31.12.12
31.12.11
  
90 days arrears rate - South African home loans
  
1.6%
3.2%
  
Number of customers
  
13.5m
14.5m
  
Number of ATMs
  
10,468 
10,068 
  
         
Number of branches  
  
1,339 
1,354 
  
Number of sales centres
  
112 
139 
  
Number of distribution points
  
1,451 
1,493 
  
         
Number of employees (full time equivalent)
  
41,700 
43,800 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1     Adjusted profit before tax and adjusted performance measures excludes the impact of profit on disposals of subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures of £nil (2011: £2m).  

 

 
Results by Business
 
Africa Retail and Business Banking
 
 
- 
The proposed combination of Barclays Africa operations and Absa will simplify management and legal structures and will create a leading pan-African financial services business with a platform for further growth
 
- 
Retail and Business product suites expanded across the African geographies with multiple product launches including Premier, Bancassurance and Barclays Direct
 
- 
Rolled out new online and mobile channels across Africa including Absa online, Pingit, Barclays Mobile and Internet Banking
 
 
2012 compared to 2011
 
 
- 
Income declined 12% to £3,157m. Excluding currency movements, income declined 2% reflecting non-recurrence of gains from the disposal of Group hedging instruments in 2011 and downward commercial property valuations with underlying businesses across Africa remaining flat
 
-
Net interest income declined 11% to £1,751m with the net interest margin down 10bps to 312bps primarily due to lower income generated through non customer related items partially offset by increased higher margin business
 
 
-
Customer asset margin increased 34bps to 326bps reflecting a change in composition towards higher margin business
 
 
-
Average customer assets decreased 10% to £34.1bn driven by currency movements and a modest decline in the South African mortgage book
 
 
-
Customer liability margin decreased 42bps to 234bps driven by a decline in South Africa partially offset by improving margins across a number of other African countries
 
 
-
Average customer liabilities decreased 6% to £22.1bn driven by currency movements as deposits continued to grow in South Africa where Absa remains a leader in retail deposits
 
-
Non-interest income declined 12% to £1,406m driven largely by adverse currency movements
 
-
Credit impairment charges increased 39% to £646m. Excluding currency movements impairment charges increased 57% principally reflecting higher loss given default rates and higher levels of write-offs in the South African home loans recovery book and the impact of one large name in the commercial property portfolio in South Africa
 
 
-
Loan loss rate increased to 194bps (2011: 129bps)
 
 
-
However 90 day arrears rate for home loans decreased by 168bps to 1.6% reflecting improved new business and continuing low interest rate environment
 
-
Operating expenses decreased 10% to £2,053m mainly due to currency movements with underlying business growth broadly in line
 
- 
Profit before tax declined 44% to £468m and adjusted return on average equity decreased to 3.8% (2011: 9.7%)
 
- 
Loans and advances to customers decreased 8% to £31.7bn mainly due to currency movements and a modest decline in the South African mortgage book
 
- 
Customer deposits decreased 3% to £22.0bn. Excluding currency movements customer deposits increased 7% mainly due to growth in South African deposits
 
- 
Risk weighted assets decreased 11% to £27.0bn, principally due to foreign exchange movements and a change in approach for sovereign risk weightings, offset by an increased operational risk charge
 
 
Q4 12 compared to Q3 12
 
 
-
Profit before tax increased by £82m to £138m
 
 
-
Income remained flat at £767m. Excluding currency movements income increased 7% across Africa primarily due to seasonal activity
 
 
-
Impairment decreased 19% to £145m primarily driven by lower impairments in South African retail mortgages
 
 
-
Operating expenses decreased 8% to £489m mainly due to currency movements
 
-
Loans and advances to customers decreased 2% to £31.7bn reflecting adverse currency movements partially offset by an increase of 1% in underlying businesses. Customer deposits remained flat at £22.0bn reflecting growth of 3% in local currency deposits offset by currency movements
 
 

 
 

 
Results by Business
 
Barclaycard
        
   
Year Ended
Year Ended
  
Income Statement Information
  
31.12.12
31.12.11
  
   
£m
£m
% Change
Net interest income
  
2,854 
2,860 
- 
Net fee and commission income
  
1,271 
1,171 
9 
Net trading loss
  
(9)
(7)
  
Net investment income
  
- 
10 
  
Net premiums from insurance contracts
  
36 
42 
  
Other income
  
19 
20 
  
Total income
  
4,171 
4,096 
2 
Net claims and benefits incurred under insurance contracts
  
(1)
(1)
  
Total income net of insurance claims
  
4,170 
4,095 
2 
Credit impairment charges and other provisions
  
(979)
(1,259)
(22)
Net operating income
  
3,191 
2,836 
13 
         
Operating expenses (excluding provision for PPI redress and goodwill impairment)  
  
(1,715)
(1,659)
3 
Provision for PPI redress
  
(420)
(600)
  
Goodwill impairment
  
- 
(47)
  
Operating expenses
  
(2,135)
(2,306)
(7)
         
Other net income
  
30 
31 
  
Profit before tax
  
1,086 
561 
  
         
Adjusted profit before tax1 
  
1,506 
1,208 
25 
         
Balance Sheet Information
        
Loans and advances to customers at amortised cost
  
£32.9bn
£30.1bn
  
Customer deposits
  
£2.8bn
£0.6bn
  
Total assets
  
£37.5bn
£33.8bn
  
Risk weighted assets
  
£36.5bn
£34.2bn
  
         
 
Adjusted1
Statutory
 
 
Performance Measures
31.12.12
31.12.11
31.12.12
31.12.11
Return on average equity
22.1%
17.4%
15.2%
6.8%
Return on average risk weighted assets
3.3%
2.6%
2.3%
1.2%
Loan loss rate (bps)
282 
391 
282 
391 
Cost: income ratio
41%
41%
51%
56%
         
Key Facts
  
31.12.12
31.12.11
  
30 day arrears rates - UK cards
  
2.5%
2.7%
  
30 day arrears rates - US cards
  
2.4%
3.1%
  
30 day arrears rates - South Africa cards
  
5.2%
4.9%
  
Total number of Barclaycard customers
  
28.8m
22.6m
  
Total average customer assets
  
£32.5bn
£30.3bn
  
Payments processed
  
£240bn
£219bn
  
Number of merchant relationships
  
89,000 
87,000 
  
Number of employees (full time equivalent)
  
11,000 
10,400 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1     Adjusted profit before tax and adjusted performance measures excludes the impact of the provision for PPI redress of £420m (2011: £600m) and goodwill impairment of £nil (2011: £47m).

 

 
Results by Business
 
Barclaycard
 
 
-  
Continued to grow UK and International businesses, and lead in payments innovation, with10% increase in payments processed to £240bn and 9% increase in loans and advances to customers including £0.7bn new lending through FLS
 
-  
Strengthened funding profile; raised customer deposits, including $1.4bn in the US and €1.7bn in Germany, and launched $1bn of securitisation in the US  
 
-  
Successful integration of acquisitions and focused cost management driving down the cost per account
 
 
2012 compared to 2011
 
-
Income increased 2% to £4,170m reflecting continued growth across the business and contributions from portfolio acquisitions. This was partially offset by higher funding costs, non-recurrence of gains from the disposal of hedging instruments in 2011 and depreciation of Rand against Sterling
 
 
-
UK income increased 1% to £2,616m including contribution from 2011 portfolio acquisitions and business growth offset by increased funding costs
 
 
-
International income improved 7% to £1,554m driven by higher US outstanding balances and contribution from portfolio acquisitions
 
-
Net interest income remained flat at £2,854m. Contributions from business growth and acquisitions were offset by lower net interest margin of 846bps (2011: 944bps) which stabilised in the second half of the year
 
 
-
Average customer assets increased 7% to £32.5bn due to portfolio acquisitions and business growth
 
 
-
Customer asset margin was down 13bps to 939bps due to higher funding costs
 
-
Non-interest income improved 7% to £1,316m driven by increased volumes in the Business Payment and US portfolios
 
-
Credit impairment charges decreased 22% to £979m resulting from improved delinquency, lower charge-offs and better recovery rates, primarily in H1 12
 
 
-
Loan loss rate improved by 109bps to 282bps (2011: 391bps)
 
 
-
30 day arrears rates for consumer cards in UK down to 2.5% (2011: 2.7%), in the US down to 2.4% (2011: 3.1%)and in South Africa up to 5.2% (2011: 4.9%)  
 
-
Adjusted operating expenses increased 3% to £1,715m reflecting portfolio acquisitions, provision for certain other insurance products and investment spend
 
- 
Adjusted profit before tax improved 25% to £1,506m. Statutory profit before tax increased by £525m to £1,086m after £420m (2011: £600m) provision for PPI redress
 
- 
Adjusted return on average equity improved to 22.1% (2011: 17.4%)
 
- 
Total assets increased 11% to £37.5bn primarily driven by business growth and acquisitions
 
- 
Customer deposits increased by £2.2bn to £2.8bn due to business funding initiatives in the US and Germany
 
- 
Risk weighted assets increased 7% to £36.5bn, principally due to growth in assets and an increased operational risk charge
 
 
Q4 12 compared to Q3 12
 
 
-
Adjusted profit before tax decreased 10% to £356m
 
 
-
Income increased 5% reflecting contribution from portfolio acquisitions
 
 
-
Impairment increased 4% due to increased business volumes
 
 
-
Adjusted operating expenses increased 20% principally due to a provision for certain other insurance products and the transfer of claims management costs to the PPI provision in Q3 12
 
-
Statutory profit before tax was £86m (Q312: £247m) including £270m (Q312: £150m) additional provision for PPI redress
 
- 
Loans and advances to customers increased 6% to £32.9bn including the acquisition of Edcon and growth across the UK and International businesses. Customer deposits increased to £2.8bn (30 September 2012: £2.4bn) through deposit funding initiatives in the US and Germany
 
 

 
 

 
Results by Business
 
Investment Bank
        
   
Year Ended
Year Ended
  
Income Statement Information
  
31.12.12
31.12.11
  
   
£m
£m
% Change
Net interest income
  
619 
1,177 
(47)
Net fee and commission income
  
3,262 
3,026 
8 
Net trading income
  
7,315 
5,264 
39 
Net investment income and other
  
526 
868 
(39)
Total income
  
11,722 
10,335 
13 
Credit impairment charges and other provisions
  
(460)
(93)
  
Net operating income
  
11,262 
10,242 
10 
         
Operating expenses
  
(7,249)
(7,289)
(1)
         
Other net income
  
50 
12 
  
Profit before tax
  
4,063 
2,965 
37 
         
Adjusted profit before tax
  
4,063 
2,965 
37 
         
Balance Sheet Information and Key Facts
        
Loans and advances to banks and customers at amortised cost
  
£145.0bn
£158.6bn
  
Customer deposits
  
£76.2bn
£83.1bn
  
Total assets
  
£1,074.8bn
£1,158.4bn
  
Assets contributing to adjusted gross leverage
  
£567.9bn
£604.0bn
  
Risk weighted assets
  
£178.0bn
£186.7bn
  
Average DVaR (95%)
  
£38m
£57m
  
Number of employees (full time equivalent)
  
24,000 
23,600 
  
         
   
Adjusted
Statutory
 Performance Measures
31.12.12
31.12.11
31.12.12
31.12.11
Return on average equity
13.7%
10.4%
13.7%
10.4%
Return on average risk weighted assets
1.5%
1.2%
1.5%
1.2%
Cost: income ratio  
62%
71%
62%
71%
Cost: net operating income ratio  
64%
71%
64%
71%
Compensation: income ratio
39%
47%
39%
47%
Average income per employee (000s)
£494
£429
£494
£429
Loan loss rate (bps)
30 
8 
30 
8 
         

 

 
Results by Business
 
Investment Bank
 
 Analysis of Total Income
FY12
£m
FY11
£m
%  Change
Q412
£m
Q312
£m
%  Change
Q411
£m
%  Change
 
 
Fixed Income, Currency and Commodities
7,403 
6,325 
17 
1,458 
1,581 
(8)
971 
50 
Equities and Prime Services
1,991 
1,751 
14 
484 
534 
(9)
305 
59 
Investment Banking
2,123 
2,027 
5 
626 
487 
29 
506 
24 
Principal Investments
205 
232 
(12)
25 
31 
(19)
36 
(31)
Total income
11,722 
10,335 
13 
2,593 
2,633 
(2)
1,818 
43 
 
 
2012 compared to 2011
 
 
- 
Profit before tax increased 37% to £4,063m driven by strong income growth and reduced operating expenses
 
 
-
Total income increased 13% to £11,722m
 
 
 
-
Fixed Income, Currency and Commodities (FICC) income improved 17% to £7,403m, in an uncertain, but more favourable trading environment. Increased liquidity and higher client volumes across a number of product areas resulted in increased contributions from the Rates, Emerging Markets, Commodities, Securitised Products and Credit businesses, partially offset by lower contributions from Currency driven by subdued volumes and lower volatility
 
 
 
-
Equities and Prime Services income increased 14% to £1,991m, reflecting global market share gains which resulted in an improved performance in cash equities and equity derivatives, despite subdued market volumes
 
 
 
-
Investment Banking income increased 5% to £2,123m, reflecting global market share gains and increases in revenues across global financial advisory and underwriting businesses more than offsetting the impact of increased internal sales concessions. Debt underwriting activity and equity underwriting in the Americas grew particularly strongly and were primary contributors to the 8% increase in total net fees and commission income
 
 
-
Credit impairment charges of £460m (2011: £93m) primarily related to £232m on ABS CDO Super Senior positions as a result of model changes to calibrate to current market data sources, and higher losses on single name exposures. The prior year included a non recurring release of £223m
 
 
- 
Operating expenses decreased 1% to £7,249m, driven by a 3% reduction in total performance costs to £1,693m including £210m increase in deferred bonus charges. Non-performance costs remained in line at £5,556m (2011: £5,571m) despite absorbing £193m charge relating to the setting of inter-bank offered rates
 
 
- 
Cost to net operating income ratio of 64% (2011: 71%) within target range of 60% to 65%. The compensation to income ratio improved to 39% (2011: 47%)
 
 
- 
Return on average equity of 13.7% (2011: 10.4%) and return on average risk weighted assets of 1.5% (2011: 1.2%)
 
 
- 
Assets contributing to adjusted gross leverage decreased 6% to £567.9bn reflecting decreases in cash and balances at central banks, trading portfolio assets, and loans and advances to banks and customers, partially offset by an increase in reverse repurchase agreements
 
 
- 
Credit market exposures decreased 39% to £9,310m, reflecting net sales and paydowns and other movements of £5,436m, foreign exchange movements of £459m, offset by net fair value gains and impairment charges of £44m
 
 
- 
Risk weighted assets decreased 5% to £178.0bn, principally reflecting reductions in risk exposures, including legacy asset sell downs, and foreign exchange movements. This was partially offset by an increased operational risk charge and a change in approach to loss given default on sovereign exposures
 
 
Q4 12 compared to Q312
 
 
- 
Profit before tax decreased 8% to £858m
 
-
Income of £2,593m was down 2% on Q3 12. FICC income reduced 8% and Equities and Prime Services income reduced 9%, partially offset by a 29% increase in Investment Banking revenues
 
 
-
The decrease in FICC income of 8% to £1,458m reflected lower activity in Securitised Products and a reduction in Currency income, driven by reduced market volatility and resulting lower volumes. This was partially offset by higher contributions from Credit and Rates
 
 
-
The reduction in Equities and Prime Services income of 9% to £484m resulted from reduced performance in equity derivatives and equity-related Prime Services, driven by continued subdued volumes in equity issuance globally
 
 
-
The increase in Investment Banking income of 29% to £626m was driven by improved performance across financial advisory, debt underwriting and equity underwriting, as a result of increased activity in debt and equity issuance in the quarter
 
-
Impairment increased to £114m (Q3 12: £23m) relating to ABS CDO Super Senior positions
 
- 
Operating expenses decreased 3% driven by reduced performance costs
 
Results by Business
 
 
Q412 compared to Q4 11
 
- 
Profit before tax increased £591m to £858m
 
-
Income of £2,593m increased 43% on Q4 11 reflecting increases in FICC of 50%, Equities and Prime Services of 59%, and Investment Banking of 24%
 
 
-
The increase in FICC income of 50% to £1,458m reflected a significantly enhanced trading environment which resulted in higher income across Rates, Commodities, Securitised Products and Emerging Markets offset by a reduction in Currency income as confidence and liquidity in the markets were significantly improved
 
 
-
Equities and Prime Services income increased 59% to £484m driven by stronger performance in cash equities and equity derivatives as markets improved from the low levels experienced in Q4 11
 
 
-
Investment Banking income increased 24% to £626m resulting from increased market activity in debt and equity underwriting
 
-
Impairment increased to £114m (Q4 11: £90m) relating to ABS CDO Super Senior positions
 
- 
Operating expenses increased 12% on Q4 11 reflective of increased accrual for performance costs
 
 
 

 
Results by Business
 
Corporate Banking
        
   
Year Ended
Year Ended
  
Income Statement Information
  
31.12.12
31.12.11
  
   
£m
£m
% Change
Net interest income
  
1,870 
2,155 
(13)
Net fee and commission income
  
955 
1,005 
(5)
Net trading income/(expense)
  
65 
(99)
  
Net investment income
  
23 
29 
  
Other income
  
5 
18 
  
Total income
  
2,918 
3,108 
(6)
Credit impairment charges and other provisions
  
(872)
(1,147)
(24)
Net operating income
  
2,046 
1,961 
4 
         
Operating expenses (excluding goodwill impairment and provision for interest rate hedging products redress)
  
(1,505)
(1,759)
(14)
Goodwill impairment
  
- 
(123)
  
Provision for interest rate hedging products redress
  
(850)
- 
  
Operating expenses
  
(2,355)
(1,882)
25 
         
Other net income/(expense)
  
10 
(71)
  
(Loss)/profit before tax
  
(299)
8 
  
         
Adjusted profit before tax1 
  
551 
204 
  
         
Balance Sheet Information and Key Facts
        
Loans and advances to customers at amortised cost
  
£62.9bn
£66.9bn
  
Loans and advances to customers at fair value
  
£17.6bn
£17.2bn
  
Customer deposits
  
£97.1bn
£85.2bn
  
Total assets
  
£86.3bn
£91.2bn
  
Risk weighted assets
  
£68.0bn
£72.8bn
  
Number of employees (full time equivalent)
  
10,300 
11,200 
  
         
 
Adjusted1
Statutory
 Performance Measures
31.12.12
31.12.11
31.12.12
31.12.11
Return on average equity
5.5%
1.7%
(3.7%)
(1.0%)
Return on average risk weighted assets
0.6%
0.2%
(0.3%)
(0.1%)
Loan loss rate (bps)
128 
156 
128 
156 
Cost: income ratio
52%
57%
81%
61%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  1
 Adjusted profit before tax and adjusted performance measures exclude the impact of goodwill impairment of £nil (2011: £123m), provision for interest rate hedging products redress of £850m (2011: £nil) and loss on disposal of £nil  (2011: £73m).

 

 
Results by Business
 
Corporate Banking
        
         
Year Ended 31 December 2012
UK
Europe
RoW
Total
Income Statement Information
£m
£m
£m
£m
Income
2,234 
313 
371 
2,918 
Credit impairment charges and other provisions
(285)
(542)
(45)
(872)
Operating expenses (excluding provision for interest rate hedging products redress)
(1,041)
(152)
(312)
(1,505)
Provision for interest rate hedging products redress
(850)
- 
- 
(850)
Other net income
2 
- 
8 
10 
Profit/(loss) before tax
60 
(381)
22 
(299)
         
Adjusted profit/(loss) before tax
910 
(381)
22 
551 
         
Balance Sheet Information
        
Loans and advances to customers at amortised cost
£51.5bn
£6.5bn
£4.9bn
£62.9bn
Loans and advances to customers at fair value
£17.6bn
- 
- 
£17.6bn
Customer deposits
£79.0bn
£8.2bn
£9.9bn
£97.1bn
Risk weighted assets
£49.9bn
£10.5bn
£7.6bn
£68.0bn
         
Year Ended 31 December 2011
        
Income Statement Information
        
Income
2,199 
440 
469 
3,108 
Credit impairment charges and other provisions
(355)
(716)
(76)
(1,147)
Operating expenses (excluding goodwill impairment)
(1,099)
(248)
(412)
(1,759)
Goodwill impairment
- 
(123)
- 
(123)
Other net income/(expense)
2 
- 
(73)
(71)
Profit/(loss) before tax
747 
(647)
(92)
8 
         
Adjusted profit/(loss) before tax
747 
(524)
(19)
204 
         
Balance Sheet Information
        
Loans and advances to customers at amortised cost
£50.6bn
£11.2bn
£5.1bn
£66.9bn
Loans and advances to customers at fair value
£17.2bn
- 
- 
£17.2bn
Customer deposits
£69.9bn
£5.6bn
£9.7bn
£85.2bn
Risk weighted assets
£49.9bn
£15.4bn
£7.5bn
£72.8bn

 

 
Results by Business
 
 
Corporate Banking
 
- 
The turnaround in Corporate Banking profitability continued with the exit of non-core businesses internationally
 
- 
Improved credit performance across all regions due to management actions taken in 2010 and 2011 to refocus the international business, particularly in Continental Europe
 
- 
Total UK loans and advances to customers up £0.9bn driven by solid growth in net new UK lending. Attracted an additional £11.9bn of global deposits with strong growth in the UK and Europe
 
 
2012 compared to 2011
 
-
Adjusted profit before tax improved £347m to £551mincluding a gain of £71m (2011: loss of £111m) in the net valuation of fair value items, primarily driven by improved credit impairment in Europe and UK and lower operating expenses. Statutory loss before tax was £299m (2011: profit £8m) including a £850m provision for interest rate hedging products redress
 
 
-
UK adjusted profit before tax improved 22% to £910m reflecting a £182m improvement in the net valuation of fair value items, improved operating expenses and credit impairment. UK statutory profit before tax decreased £687m to £60m including a £850m provision for interest rate hedging products redress
 
 
-
Europe loss before tax improved £266m to £381m principally due to improved credit impairment charges in Spain of £337m (2011: £480m) and improved operating expenses benefitting from progress in restructuring, partially offset by reduced income from exited businesses
 
 
-
Rest of the World adjusted profit before tax improved £41m to £22m reflecting lower operating expenses as a result of refocusing of our international business. Rest of the World statutory profit before tax improved £114m to £22m reflecting the non-recurrence of prior year loss on disposal of Barclays Bank Russia
 
-
Net interest income decreased 13% to £1,870m reflecting non-recurring gains on the disposal of hedging instruments, reduced income from exited businesses and increased funding costs
 
 
-
Net interest margin down 22bps to 124bps principally due to higher funding costs and non-recurring gains from the sale of hedging instruments
 
 
-
Customer asset margin decreased 32bps to 114bps reflecting higher funding costs and reduced balances due to the refocusing of our international business
 
 
-
Customer liability margin increased 15bps to 109bps principally due to higher balances in the UK driven by currency deposits and current accounts, and reflecting an increase in funding rates and therefore the value generated from customer liabilities
 
-
Credit impairment charges reduced 24% to £872m. Loan loss rate improved to 128bps (2011: 156bps)
 
-     
Impairment charges in Europe reduced by £174m to £542m, primarily as a result of ongoing action to reduce exposure within the property and construction sector in Spain
 
-  
Adjusted operating expenses improved 14% to £1,505m, reflecting the benefits of prior year restructuring and cost control initiatives. Adjusted cost to income ratio improved to 52% (2011: 57%)
 
-  
Adjusted return on average equity improved to 5.5% (2011: 1.7%). Statutory return on average equity is negative 3.7% (2011: negative 1.0%)
 
-  
Total assets in UK up by £0.6bn driven by solid growth in net UK lending. Total assets down £4.9bn to £86.3bn as increases in the UK are more than offset by reductions in Europe and Rest of the World due to the refocusing of our international business
 
-  
Customer deposits increased 14% to £97.1bn with increased balances in the UK and Europe due to higher currency deposits and current accounts
 
-  
Risk weighted assets decreased 7% to £68.0bn, principally reflecting the benefit of the refocusing of our international business, partially offset by an increased operational risk charge
 

 

 
Results by Business
 
 
Q4 12 compared to Q3 12
 
 
-
Q4 12 adjusted profit before tax increased 9% to £107m including a gain of £10m (Q3 12: loss of £6m) in the net valuation of fair value items
 
 
-
Income increased 5% to £713m driven by growth in UK deposits, supported by consistent performance in the European and Rest of the World businesses
 
 
-
Impairment increased 13% primarily due to Rest of the World increases including charges for the Indian retail portfolio, partially offset by reductions in Europe
 
 
-
Adjusted operating expenses in line with previous quarter
 
-
Statutory loss before tax was £293m (Q3 12: profit £98m) after charging a £400m (Q3 12: £nil) additional provision for interest rate hedging products redress
 
- 
Loans and advances to customers increased 1% to £62.9bn driven by net UK lending. Customer deposits increased 6% to £97.1bn primarily driven by growth in the UK
 
 

 
 

 
Results by Business
 
Wealth and Investment Management
        
   
Year Ended
Year Ended
  
Income Statement Information
  
31.12.12
31.12.11
  
   
£m
£m
% Change
Net interest income
  
853 
798 
7 
Net fee and commission income
  
946 
943 
- 
Net trading income
  
16 
5 
  
Other expense
  
- 
(2)
  
Total income
  
1,815 
1,744 
4 
Credit impairment charges and other provisions
  
(38)
(41)
(7)
Net operating income
  
1,777 
1,703 
4 
         
Operating expenses
  
(1,463)
(1,493)
(2)
         
Other net income/(expense)
  
1 
(3)
  
Profit before tax
  
315 
207 
52 
         
Adjusted profit before tax
  
315 
207 
52 
         
Balance Sheet Information and Key Facts
        
Loans and advances to customers at amortised cost
  
£21.2bn
£18.8bn
  
Customer deposits
  
£53.8bn
£46.5bn
  
Total assets
  
£23.7bn
£20.9bn
  
Risk weighted assets
  
£15.8bn
£13.1bn
  
Client assets
  
£186.0bn
£164.2bn
  
Number of employees (full time equivalent)
  
7,900 
8,100 
  
         
 
Adjusted
Statutory
 Performance Measures
31.12.12
31.12.11
31.12.12
31.12.11
Return on average equity
13.9%
10.9%
13.9%
10.9%
Return on average risk weighted assets
2.0%
1.5%
2.0%
1.5%
Cost: income ratio
81%
86%
81%
86%
Loan loss rate (bps)
17 
21 
17 
21 
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
   

 

 
Results by Business
 
Wealth and Investment Management
 
-
2012 marked the third year of execution of Wealth and Investment Management's five year strategic investment programme to transform the business into a top tier global wealth manager
-
Continued build out of world class infrastructure and significant strengthening of product and service capabilities
-
Strong growth in client assets as we continue to build our client proposition 
 
2012 compared to 2011
 
-
Income improved 4% to £1,815m primarily driven by an increase in the High Net Worth businesses
-
Net interest income grew 7% to £853m reflecting growth in deposit and lending balances in the High Net Worth businesses. Net interest margin decreased 7bps to 122bps due to ongoing low interest rate environment and reduced contribution from structural hedges
 
-    Customer deposits increased 16% to £53.8bn
 
-    Loans and advances to customers increased 13% to £21.2bn
-
Net fees and commissions income remained broadly in line at £946m (2011 : £943m) despite challenging market conditions
-
Operating expenses decreased 2% to £1,463m as cost control initiatives were partially offset by the continued cost of the strategic investment programme
-
Profit before tax increased 52% to £315m and return on average equity increased to 13.9% (2011: 10.9%)
-
Client assets increased 13% to £186.0bn (2011: £164.2bn) principally reflecting increase in net new assets in High Net Worth businesses
-
Risk weighted assets increased 21% to £15.8bn principally due to growth in lending and an increased operational risk charge
 
Q4 12 compared to Q3 12
 
 
 
 
 
-
Profit before tax increased 46% to £115m
 
- Income increased 9% to £481m primarily driven by strong growth in the High Net Worth businesses and increased client activity during Q4
 
- Costs remained stable at £354m (Q3 12: £358m)
-
Client assets increased 5% to £186.0bn (Q3 12: £177.6bn) principally reflecting increased client assets within the High Net Worth businesses
 
 
 
 

 
 

 
Results by Business
 
Head Office and Other Operations
  
 
Year Ended
Year Ended
  
Income Statement Information
31.12.12
31.12.11
  
 
£m
£m
  
Adjusted total expense net of insurance claims1 
(75)
(223)
  
Own credit
(4,579)
2,708 
  
Gains on debt buy-backs
- 
1,130 
  
Gain/(loss) on disposal of investment in BlackRock, Inc.
227 
(58)
  
Total (expense)/income net of insurance claims
(4,427)
3,557 
  
Credit impairment (charges)/release and other provisions
(4)
1 
  
Impairment of investment in BlackRock, Inc.
- 
(1,800)
  
Net operating (expense)/income
(4,431)
1,758 
  
       
Operating expenses (excluding bank levy)
(686)
(463)
  
UK bank levy
(345)
(325)
  
Operating expenses
(1,031)
(788)
  
       
Other net income/(expense)
22 
(23)
  
(Loss)/profit before tax
(5,440)
947 
  
       
Adjusted loss before tax2 
(1,088)
(1,010)
  
       
Balance Sheet Information and Key Facts
      
Total assets
£39.4bn
£31.9bn
  
Risk weighted assets
£5.7bn
£2.5bn
  
Number of employees (full time equivalent)
1,600 
1,400 
  
 
 
 
2012 compared to 2011
 
-
Adjusted total expense net of insurance claims reduced to £75m (2011: £223m) principally due to changes in the value of hedges relating to employee share awards which were closed out during Q1 12
-
Operating expenses increased 31% to £1,031m mainly from higher regulatory costs, including a charge relating to the allocation to Head Office and Other Operations of the penalty of £97m (2011: £nil) arising from the industry wide investigation into the setting of interbank offered rates, Financial Services Compensation Scheme of £135m (2011: £45m), the increase in the UK bank levy to £345m (2011: £325m) and increased strategic initiative costs
-
Adjusted loss before tax increased by 8% to £1,088m
-
Statutory loss before tax increased to £5,440m (2011: profit £947m) including an own credit charge of £4,579m (2011: £2,708m gain) and non-recurrence of gains on debt buy-backs, partially offset by the impact of BlackRock, Inc. investment disposal and income from changes in the value of hedges relating to employee share awards that were closed out during Q1 12
-
Total assets increased to £39.4bn (31 December 2011: £31.9bn) reflecting growth in the liquidity bond portfolio held at Head Office and Other Operations, partially offset by the sale of the strategic investment in BlackRock, Inc.
-
Risk weighted assets have increased £3.2bn to £5.7bn, principally reflecting increases in sovereign bonds held for liquidity purposes and a change in approach to loss given default on sovereign exposures
 
 Q4 12 compared to Q3 12
 
-
Adjusted loss before tax increased £537m to £718m principally due to the UK bank levy that is charged in Q4
-
Statutory loss before tax increased by 2% to £1,278m reflecting the impact of the UK bank levy that is charged in Q4, partially offset by increased total expense net of insurance claims
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1     Includes net interest expense of £134m (2011: £965m).
2     Adjusted performance measures and profit before tax exclude the impact of an own credit charge of £4,579m (2011: gain of £2,708m), gains on debt buy-backs (retirement of non-qualifying Tier 1 Capital under Basel 3)
      of £nil (2011: £1,130m), gain on disposal of strategic investment in BlackRock, Inc. of £227m (2011: loss of £58m), impairment of investment in BlackRock Inc. of £nil (2011: £1,800m) and loss on disposals of £nil
      (2011: £23m).
 
 

 
 

 
Business Results by Quarter
 
UK RBB
Q412
Q312
Q212
Q112
  
Q411
Q311
Q211
Q111
 
£m
£m
£m
£m
  
£m
£m
£m
£m
Adjusted basis  
                  
Total income net of insurance claims  
1,086 
1,130 
1,128 
1,077 
  
1,129 
1,273 
1,170 
1,084 
Credit impairment charges and other provisions  
(71)
(76)
(46)
(76)
  
(156)
(105)
(131)
(144)
Net operating income  
1,015 
1,054 
1,082 
1,001 
  
973 
1,168 
1,039 
940 
Operating expenses  
(693)
(654)
(671)
(666)
  
(752)
(675)
(622)
(653)
Other net income/(expense)
4 
- 
1 
(1)
  
1 
1 
(1)
1 
Adjusted profit before tax  
326 
400 
412 
334 
  
222 
494 
416 
288 
   
                  
Adjusting items  
                  
Provision for PPI redress  
(330)
(550)
- 
(300)
  
- 
- 
(400)
- 
Statutory (loss)/profit before tax  
(4)
(150)
412 
34 
  
222 
494 
16 
288 
                   
 
 
Europe RBB
                  
Adjusted basis  
                  
Total income net of insurance claims  
210 
219 
243 
243 
  
247 
375 
309 
295 
Credit impairment charges and other provisions  
(95)
(76)
(85)
(72)
  
(83)
(62)
(47)
(69)
Net operating income  
115 
143 
158 
171 
  
164 
313 
262 
226 
Operating expenses  
(207)
(204)
(211)
(217)
  
(291)
(263)
(368)
(289)
Other net income
4 
2 
4 
3 
  
2 
2 
4 
4 
Adjusted (loss)/profit before tax  
(88)
(59)
(49)
(43)
  
(125)
52 
(102)
(59)
   
                  
Adjusting items  
                  
Goodwill impairment  
- 
- 
- 
- 
  
(427)
- 
- 
- 
Statutory (loss)/profit before tax  
(88)
(59)
(49)
(43)
  
(552)
52 
(102)
(59)
                   
 
 
Africa RBB
                  
Adjusted basis  
                  
Total income net of insurance claims  
767 
765 
795 
830 
  
861 
940 
906 
864 
Credit impairment charges and other provisions  
(145)
(180)
(214)
(107)
  
(88)
(108)
(126)
(144)
Net operating income  
622 
585 
581 
723 
  
773 
832 
780 
720 
Operating expenses  
(489)
(531)
(485)
(548)
  
(505)
(613)
(586)
(575)
Other net income
5 
2 
1 
2 
  
1 
- 
1 
2 
Adjusted profit before tax  
138 
56 
97 
177 
  
269 
219 
195 
147 
   
                  
Adjusting items  
                  
Gains on acquisitions and disposals  
- 
- 
- 
- 
  
- 
2 
- 
- 
Statutory profit before tax  
138 
56 
97 
177 
  
269 
221 
195 
147 
                   
 
 
Barclaycard
                  
Adjusted basis  
                  
Total income net of insurance claims  
1,098 
1,046 
1,036 
990 
  
983 
1,140 
1,012 
960 
Credit impairment charges and other provisions  
(265)
(254)
(228)
(232)
  
(271)
(340)
(344)
(304)
Net operating income  
833 
792 
808 
758 
  
712 
800 
668 
656 
Operating expenses  
(483)
(402)
(412)
(418)
  
(458)
(430)
(400)
(371)
Other net income
6 
7 
8 
9 
  
5 
8 
7 
11 
Adjusted profit before tax  
356 
397 
404 
349 
  
259 
378 
275 
296 
   
                  
Adjusting items  
                  
Provision for PPI redress  
(270)
(150)
- 
- 
  
- 
- 
(600)
- 
Goodwill impairment  
- 
- 
- 
- 
  
- 
- 
(47)
- 
Statutory profit/(loss) before tax  
86 
247 
404 
349 
  
259 
378 
(372)
296 
                   

 

 
Business Results by Quarter
 
Investment Bank
Q412
Q312
Q212
Q112
  
Q411
Q311
Q211
Q111
 
£m
£m
£m
£m
  
£m
£m
£m
£m
Adjusted and statutory basis  
                  
Fixed Income, Currency and Commodities  
1,458 
1,581 
1,968 
2,396 
  
971 
1,438 
1,715 
2,201 
Equities and Prime Services  
484 
534 
423 
550 
  
305 
338 
563 
545 
Investment Banking  
626 
487 
501 
509 
  
506 
389 
520 
612 
Principal Investments  
25 
31 
140 
9 
  
36 
89 
99 
8 
Total income  
2,593 
2,633 
3,032 
3,464 
  
1,818 
2,254 
2,897 
3,366 
Credit impairment (charges)/releases and other provisions  
(114)
(23)
(248)
(75)
  
(90)
(114)
80 
31 
Net operating income  
2,479 
2,610 
2,784 
3,389 
  
1,728 
2,140 
2,977 
3,397 
Operating expenses  
(1,636)
(1,680)
(1,788)
(2,145)
  
(1,458)
(1,758)
(2,006)
(2,067)
Other net income/(expense)
15 
7 
6 
22 
  
(3)
6 
6 
3 
Adjusted profit before tax and profit before tax
858 
937 
1,002 
1,266 
  
267 
388 
977 
1,333 
                   
 
 
Corporate Banking
                  
Adjusted basis  
                  
Total income net of insurance claims  
713 
678 
703 
824 
  
710 
830 
817 
751 
Credit impairment charges and other provisions  
(237)
(210)
(218)
(207)
  
(252)
(283)
(327)
(285)
Net operating income  
476 
468 
485 
617 
  
458 
547 
490 
466 
Operating expenses  
(375)
(376)
(357)
(397)
  
(422)
(436)
(459)
(442)
Other net income/(expense)
6 
6 
(1)
(1)
  
1 
2 
2 
(3)
Adjusted profit before tax  
107 
98 
127 
219 
  
37 
113 
33 
21 
   
                  
Adjusting items  
                  
Goodwill impairment  
- 
- 
- 
- 
  
(123)
- 
- 
- 
Provision for interest rate hedging products redress
(400)
- 
(450)
- 
  
- 
- 
- 
- 
Losses on disposal  
- 
- 
- 
- 
  
(9)
- 
(64)
- 
Statutory (loss)/profit before tax  
(293)
98 
(323)
219 
  
(95)
113 
(31)
21 
                   
 
 
Wealth and Investment Management
                  
Adjusted and statutory basis  
                  
Total income net of insurance claims  
481 
442 
441 
451 
  
449 
447 
426 
422 
Credit impairment charges and other provisions  
(13)
(6)
(12)
(7)
  
(10)
(12)
(9)
(10)
Net operating income  
468 
436 
429 
444 
  
439 
435 
417 
412 
Operating expenses  
(354)
(358)
(367)
(384)
  
(384)
(369)
(375)
(365)
Other net income/(expense)
1 
1 
(1)
- 
  
(1)
(1)
- 
(1)
Adjusted profit before tax and profit before tax
115 
79 
61 
60 
  
54 
65 
42 
46 
                   
 
 
Head Office and Other Operations
                  
Adjusted basis  
                  
Total (expense)/income net of insurance claims  
(252)
(41)
(41)
259 
  
15 
(258)
12 
8 
Credit impairment releases/(charges) and other provisions  
1 
- 
(3)
(2)
  
(1)
1 
(3)
4 
Net operating (expense)/income  
(251)
(41)
(44)
257 
  
14 
(257)
9 
12 
Operating expenses (excluding UK bank levy)  
(125)
(136)
(251)
(174)
  
(144)
(115)
(124)
(80)
UK bank levy  
(345)
- 
- 
- 
  
(325)
- 
- 
- 
Other net income/(expense)
3 
(4)
23 
- 
  
- 
- 
- 
- 
Adjusted (loss)/profit before tax  
(718)
(181)
(272)
83 
  
(455)
(372)
(115)
(68)
   
                  
Adjusting items  
                  
Own credit  
(560)
(1,074)
(325)
(2,620)
  
(263)
2,882 
440 
(351)
Gain/(loss) on disposal and Impairment of BlackRock investment
- 
- 
227 
- 
  
- 
(1,800)
(58)
- 
Gains on debt buy-backs  
- 
- 
- 
- 
  
1,130 
- 
- 
- 
(Losses)/gains on acquisitions and disposals  
- 
- 
- 
- 
  
(23)
1 
(3)
2 
Statutory (loss)/profit before tax  
(1,278)
(1,255)
(370)
(2,537)
  
389 
711 
264 
(417)
 

 
 

 
Performance Management
 
Remuneration
 
 
We recognise the importance our stakeholders attach to the judgements that we apply in managing remuneration. Reduced remuneration costs, increasingly robust risk-adjustments and tougher performance conditions will continue to be a focus in how we achieve the right balance between the priorities of our various stakeholders. This requires remuneration to be managed in a way which incentivises employees, ensures pay is linked to performance and is appropriately aligned to risk.
 
 
We will continue to maintain a constructive and transparent dialogue with our shareholders and regulators on remuneration matters, as undertaken during 2012.
 
 
Incentive awards
 
-
Total Group incentive awards have been reduced by 16% since 2011, with adjusted Group profit before tax increasing 26%
-
Incentive awards at the Investment Bank have been reduced by 20% since 2011, with adjusted profit before tax increasing 37%
-
Group incentives have reduced by £1.3bn (38%) since 2010 with adjusted profit before tax up 23% since 2010. In the Investment Bank incentives have reduced by a similar amount, £1.3bn (48%), since 2010 with adjusted profit before tax down 7% since 2010 
-
Incentive pools have been reduced whilst adjusted profits have increased since 2011. This is because of actions taken by management to reposition Barclays compensation in the market place and to reflect significant risk events that impacted Barclays in 2012. The significant risk events include LIBOR settlement and redress for PPI and interest rate hedging products
-
Compensation to adjusted net operating income is down to 38% in 2012 (2011: 42%). Within aggregate compensation there has been strong differentiation on the basis of individual performance to allow us to manage compensation costs but also to pay competitively for high performers
-
Average value of bonus per Group employee down 13% year on year to £13,300; average value of bonus per Investment Bank employee down 17% year on year to £54,100. Average value of bonus per Group employee excluding the Investment Bank down 8% year on year to £4,800
-
The proportion of bonus pool that is deferred significantly exceeds the FSA's Remuneration Code requirements and is expected to remain amongst the highest deferral levels globally
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 

 
Performance Management
 
Total Incentive Awards Granted - Current Year and Deferred
        
               
 
Barclays Group
  
Investment Bank
               
 
 
 
Year Ended 31.12.12
Year Ended 31.12.11
    
Year Ended 31.12.12
Year Ended 31.12.11
  
 
£m
£m
% Change
  
£m
£m
% Change
Current year cash bonus
852
832 
2
  
399
381 
5
Current year share bonus
15
66 
(77)
  
6
3 
100
Total current year bonus
867
898 
(3)
  
405 
384 
5 
               
Deferred cash bonus
489 
618 
(21)
  
447 
576 
(22)
Deferred share bonus
498 
634 
(21)
  
446 
576 
(23)
Total deferred bonus
987 
1,252 
(21)
  
893
1,152 
(22)
               
Bonus pool
1,854
2,150 
(14)
  
1,298
1,536 
(15)
               
Commissions, commitments and other incentives
314 
428 
(27)
  
96
201 
(52)
               
Total incentive awards granted
2,168
2,578 
(16)
  
1,394 
1,737 
(20)
               
Adjusted profit before tax
7,048
5,590
26
  
4,063
2,965 
37 
               
Bonus pool as % of adjusted profit before tax (pre bonus)1 
20%
29%
    
23%
35%
  
Proportion of bonus that is deferred
53%
58%
    
69%
75%
  
Total employees (full time equivalent)
139,200 
141,100 
(1)
  
24,000 
23,600 
2 
Bonus per employee
£13,300 
£15,237 
(13)
  
£54,100 
£65,085 
(17)
 
Deferred bonuses are payable only once an employee meets certain conditions, including a specified period of service. This creates a timing difference between the communication of the bonus pool and the charges that appear in the income statement which are reconciled in the table below:
 
Reconciliation of Total Incentive Awards Granted to Income Statement Charge
    
               
 
Barclays Group
 
  
Investment Bank
 
 
Year Ended
Year Ended
    
Year Ended
Year Ended
  
 
31.12.12
31.12.11
    
31.12.12
31.12.11
  
 
£m
£m
% Change
  
£m
£m
% Change
Total incentive awards for 2012
2,168 
2,578 
(16)
  
1,394 
1,737 
(20)
Less: deferred bonuses awarded for 2012
(987)
(1,252)
(21)
  
(893)
(1,152)
(22)
Add: current year charges for deferred bonuses from previous years
1,223 
995 
23 
  
1,117 
907 
23 
Other2 
21 
206 
(90)
  
75
248 
(70)
Income statement charge for performance costs
2,425 
2,527 
(4)
  
1,693
1,740 
(3)
 
 
 
 
-
Employees only become eligible to receive payment from a deferred bonus once all of the relevant conditions have been fulfilled, including the provision of services to the Group
-
The income statement charge for performance costs reflects the charge for employees' actual services provided to the Group during the relevant calendar year (including where those services fulfil performance conditions attached to previously deferred bonuses). It does not include charges for deferred bonuses where performance conditions have not been met
-
As a consequence, while the 2012 incentive awards granted were down 16% compared to 2011, the income statement charge for performance costs was down 4%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1        Calculated as bonus awards divided by profit before tax excluding the income statement charge for bonus awards.
2       Difference between incentive awards granted and income statement charge for sales commissions, commitments and other incentives.

 

 
 
 
 
Performance Management
Income Statement Charge
  
 
Year Ended
Year Ended
  
 
31.12.12
31.12.11
  
 
£m
£m
% Change
Performance costs
2,425 
2,527 
(4)
Salaries
5,981 
6,277 
(5)
Non-performance employee share plans
105 
167 
(37)
Social security costs
685 
716 
(4)
Post retirement benefits
590 
727 
(19)
Total compensation costs
9,786 
10,414 
(6)
       
Bank payroll tax
34 
76 
(55)
Other1 
627 
917 
(32)
Non compensation costs
661 
993 
(33)
       
Total Staff costs
10,447 
11,407 
(8)
 
 
       
Compensation to adjusted net operating income
38%
42%
  
 

 
-
Total staff costs reduced 8% to £10,447m, principally reflecting a 5% reduction in salaries, a 19% reduction in post retirement benefits and reductions in performance costs
-
Salaries reduced by 5% to £5,981m, reflecting a moderately declining average headcount
-
The post retirement benefits charge decreased 19% to £590m, primarily reflecting scheme closures and benefit changes in the US and Spain, and lower interest cost for the UK Retirement Fund
-
Performance costs reduced 4% to £2,425m, reflecting a 22% reduction in charges for current year cash and share bonuses and sales commissions, commitments and other incentives of £1,202m, partially offset by a 23% increase in the charge for deferred bonuses from prior years to £1,223m
-
The compensation to adjusted net operating income ratio fell to 38% (2011: 42%), including charges for bonuses deferred from prior years
-
Deferred bonuses awarded are expected to be charged to the income statement in the years outlined in the table that follows
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1        Includes staff training, redundancy and retirement.

 

 
Performance Management
 
Year in which Income Statement charge is expected to be taken for Deferred Bonuses awarded to date1
 
 
Actual
  
Expected2
 
 
 
Year Ended
Year Ended
  
Year Ended
2014 and
 
31.12.11
31.12.12
  
31.12.13
beyond
Barclays Group
£m
£m
  
£m
£m
Deferred bonuses from 2009 and earlier bonus pools
405 
153 
  
18 
 - 
Deferred bonuses from 2010 bonus pool
 590 
 404 
  
147 
21 
Deferred bonuses from 2011 bonus pool  
 - 
 666 
  
386 
183 
Deferred bonuses from 2012 bonus pool  
 - 
 - 
  
512 
431 
Income statement charge for deferred bonuses  
 995 
 1,223 
  
1,063
635 
           
Investment Bank
          
Deferred bonuses from 2009 and earlier bonus pools
365 
143 
  
17 
 - 
Deferred bonuses from 2010 bonus pool
 542 
 374 
  
134 
19 
Deferred bonuses from 2011 bonus pool  
 - 
 600 
  
347 
164 
Deferred bonuses from 2012 bonus pool  
 - 
 - 
  
463 
384 
Income statement charge for deferred bonuses  
 907 
 1,117 
  
961 
 567 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
Bonus Pool Component
Expected Grant Date
Expected Payment Date(s)3
Year(s) in which Income Statement Charge Arises4
Current year cash bonus
•   February 2013
•   February 2013
•   2012
Current year share bonus
•   February/March 2013
•   February 2013 to September 2013
•   2012
Deferred cash bonus
•   March 2013
•   March 2014 (33.3%)
•   2013 (48%)
   
•   March 2015 (33.3%)
•   2014 (35%)
   
•   March 2016 (33.3%)
•   2015 (15%)
     
•   2016 (2%)
Deferred share bonus
•   March 2013
•   March 2014 (33.3%)
•   2013 (48%)
   
•   March 2015 (33.3%)
•   2014 (35%)
   
•   March 2016 (33.3%)
•   2015 (15%)
     
•   2016 (2%)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1     The actual amount charged depends upon whether performance conditions have been met and will vary compared with the above expectation.
2     Does not include the impact of future grants which may be made in 2013 and 2014.
3     Payments are subject to all performance conditions being met prior to the expected payment date. In addition, employees receiving a deferred cash bonus may be awarded a service credit of 10% of the initial value of
       the award at the time that the final instalment is made, subject to continued employment. 
4     The income statement charge is based on the period over which performance conditions are met. 

 

 
Performance Management
 
Returns and Equity by Business
 
 
Returns on average equity and average tangible equity are calculated using profit after tax and non-controlling interests for the period, divided by average allocated equity or tangible equity as appropriate. Average allocated equity has been calculated as 10% of average risk weighted assets for each business, adjusted for capital deductions, including goodwill and intangible assets, reflecting the assumptions the Group uses for capital planning purposes. The higher capital level currently held, reflecting the Core Tier 1 capital ratio of 10.9% as at 31 December 2012, is allocated to Head Office and Other Operations. Average allocated tangible equity is calculated using the same method but excludes goodwill and intangible assets.
 
 
 
 
Adjusted
  
Statutory
 
 
 
Year Ended
Year Ended
  
Year Ended
Year Ended
Return on Average Equity
31.12.12
31.12.11
  
31.12.12
31.12.11
 
%
%
  
%
%
UK RBB
16.0 
 14.9 
  
3.1 
 10.6 
Europe RBB
(8.0)
(6.0)
  
(8.0)
(21.8)
Africa RBB
3.8 
 9.7 
  
3.8 
 9.8 
Barclaycard
22.1 
 17.4 
  
15.2 
 6.8 
Investment Bank
13.7 
 10.4 
  
13.7 
 10.4 
Corporate Banking
5.5 
 1.7 
  
(3.7)
(1.0)
Wealth and Investment Management
13.9 
 10.9 
  
13.9 
 10.9 
Group excluding Head Office and Other Operations
12.1 
 9.4 
  
8.0 
 6.4 
Head Office and Other Operations Impact
(4.3)
(2.8)
  
(9.9)
(0.6)
Total
7.8 
 6.6 
  
(1.9)
 5.8 
           
 
Adjusted
  
Statutory
 
 
Return on Average Tangible Equity
%
%
  
%
%
UK RBB
30.5 
 28.6 
  
5.9 
 20.3 
Europe RBB
(9.2)
(7.9)
  
(9.2)
(29.0)
Africa RBB1 
7.6 
 16.2 
  
7.6 
 16.3 
Barclaycard
29.7 
 23.0 
  
20.5 
 9.0 
Investment Bank
14.2 
 10.8 
  
14.2 
 10.8 
Corporate Banking
5.8 
 1.8 
  
(3.9)
(1.0)
Wealth and Investment Management
19.2 
 15.0 
  
19.2 
 15.0 
Group excluding Head Office and Other Operations
14.2 
 11.5 
  
9.5 
 8.0 
Head Office and Other Operations Impact
(5.1)
(3.6)
  
(11.7)
(1.1)
Total
9.1 
 7.9 
  
(2.2)
 6.9 
           
 
Average Equity
  
Average Tangible Equity
 
 
 
£m
£m
  
£m
£m
UK RBB
6,940 
6,821 
  
3,634 
3,562 
Europe RBB
2,278 
2,703 
  
1,984 
2,032 
Africa RBB
2,511 
2,625 
  
1,067 
1,034 
Barclaycard
4,666 
4,634 
  
3,472 
3,503 
Investment Bank
20,437 
20,501 
  
19,732 
19,750 
Corporate Banking
7,026 
7,450 
  
6,676 
6,959 
Wealth and Investment Management
1,961 
1,723 
  
1,415 
1,259 
Head Office and Other Operations2 
8,939 
5,356 
  
8,939 
5,352 
Total3
54,758 
51,813 
  
46,919 
43,451 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1     The return on average tangible equity for Africa RBB has been calculated based on average tangible equity including amounts relating to Absa Group's non-controlling interests.
 
 
2    Includes risk weighted assets and capital deductions in Head Office and Other Operations, plus the residual balance of average shareholders' equity and tangible equity. 
 
 
3    Group average shareholders' equity and average shareholders' tangible equity excludes the cumulative impact of own credit on retained earnings for the calculation of adjusted performance measures.
 

 

 
Performance Management
 
Margins and Balances
    
 
Year Ended
Year Ended
Analysis of Net Interest Income
31.12.12
31.12.11
 
£m
£m
RBB, Corporate Banking and Wealth and Investment Management Customer Income:
    
- Customer assets
 6,723 
 6,983 
- Customer liabilities
 3,093 
 2,866 
Total
 9,816 
 9,849 
RBB, Corporate Banking and Wealth and Investment Management Non-customer Income:
    
- Product structural hedge1 
 989 
 1,168 
- Equity structural hedge2 
 231 
 824 
- Other
 118 
 148 
Total RBB, Corporate Banking and Wealth and Investment Management Net Interest Income
 11,154 
 11,989 
Investment Bank
 619 
 1,177 
Head Office and Other Operations
(134)
(965)
Group net interest income  
 11,639 
 12,201 
 



-
Group net interest income decreased by £562m to £11,639m (2011: £12,201m) principally due to reduced contributions from structural hedges. The overall contribution to Group income from structural hedges decreased by £1,540m to £1,737m. Of this decrease, £1,061m related to the non-recurrence of gains from the sale of hedging instruments in H2 11, which did not contribute to Group net interest income in 2011 as it was recognised as non-interest income, but a proportion of which is reflected in the net interest income of RBB, Corporate Banking  and Wealth and Investment Management, shown above
 
RBB, Corporate Banking and Wealth and Investment Management Net Interest Income (NII)
 
 
Barclays distinguishes the relative net interest contribution from customer assets and customer liabilities, and separates this from the contribution delivered by non-customer income, which principally arises from Group hedging activities.
 
 
Customer Interest Income
 
 
-  
Customer NII decreased marginally to £9,816m (2011: £9,849m), principally due to reductions in the customer asset margin across the majority of businesses partially offset by growth in average customer assets and liabilities
 
-  
The customer asset margin declined to 2.11% (2011: 2.19%), reflecting an increase in funding rates across RBB, Corporate Banking and Wealth and Investment Management businesses. This was partially offset by a move towards higher margin business in Africa RBB
 
-  
The customer liability margin increased to 1.09%(2011: 1.06%) reflecting increased funding rates and therefore value generated from RBB, Corporate Banking and Wealth and Investment Management customer liabilities
 
 
Non-customer Interest Income
 
 
-  
Non-customer NII decreased 37% to £1,338m reflecting a reduction in the benefits from Group hedging activities. Group hedging activities utilise structural interest rate hedges to mitigate the impact of the low interest rate environment on customer liabilities and the Group's equity
 
-  
Product structural hedges generated a lower contribution of £989m (2011: £1,168m). Hedge durations were maintained throughout the period. Based on current interest rate curves and the on-going hedging strategy, fixed rate returns on product structural hedges are expected to continue to make a significant but declining contribution in 2013
 
-  
The contribution from equity structural hedges in RBB, Corporate Banking and Wealth and Investment Management decreased to £231m (2011: £824m) following the sale of hedging instruments in H2 11 and the continued low interest rate environment
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  1
 Product structural hedges convert short term interest margin volatility on product balances (such as non-interest bearing current accounts and managed rate deposits) into a more stable medium term rate and are built on a monthly basis to achieve a targeted maturity profile.
 
 
  2
Equity structural hedges are in place to manage the volatility in net earnings generated by businesses on the Group's equity, with the impact allocated to businesses in line with their economic capital usage.
 

 

 
Performance Management
 
Other Group Interest Income
 
 
-  
Head Office and Other Operations net interest expense decreased to £134m (2011: £965m), principally reflecting the non-recurrence of transfer of gains from the sale of hedging instruments to businesses
 
-  
Investment Bank NII decreased 47% to £619m, due to a reduction in interest income from equity structural hedges and credit market exposures
 
-  
Total Group income from equity structural hedges decreased to £748m (2011: £2,109m) including £517m (2011: £1,285m) that was allocated to the Investment Bank and Head Office 
 
Net Interest Margin
 
-  
The net interest margin for RBB, Corporate Banking and Wealth and Investment Management decreased to 1.85% (2011: 2.03%), reflecting the reduction in contribution from Group hedging activities. Consistent with prior periods the net interest margin is expressed as a percentage of the sum of average customer assets and liabilities, to reflect the impact of the margin generated on retail and commercial banking liabilities
 
-  
The net interest margin expressed as a percentage of average customer assets only, declined to 3.50% (2011: 3.77%)
 
 
 
Analysis of Net Interest Margin
            
 
UK RBB
Europe RBB
Africa RBB1 
Barclaycard
Corporate Banking1 
Wealth and Investment Management
Total RBB, Corporate and Wealth
Year Ended 31.12.12
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
Customer asset margin
1.07 
0.83 
3.26 
9.39 
1.14 
0.65 
2.11 
Customer liability margin
0.97 
0.38 
2.34 
(0.60)
1.09 
1.12 
1.09 
               
Customer net interest margin
1.03 
0.71 
2.90 
9.01 
1.11 
0.99 
1.63 
Non-customer generated margin
0.34 
0.37 
0.22 
(0.55)
0.13 
0.23 
0.22 
               
Net interest margin
1.37 
1.08 
3.12 
8.46 
1.24 
1.22 
1.85 
               
Average customer assets (£m)
124,275 
40,790 
34,108 
32,452 
67,494 
19,670 
318,789 
Average customer liabilities (£m)
111,753 
14,824 
22,085 
1,286 
83,149 
50,155 
283,252 
               
Year Ended 31.12.11
              
Customer asset margin
1.22 
0.87 
2.92 
9.52 
1.46 
0.77 
2.19 
Customer liability margin
0.87 
0.65 
2.76 
-
0.94 
0.99 
1.06 
               
Customer net interest margin
1.05 
0.81 
2.86 
9.52 
1.19 
0.93 
1.67 
Non-customer generated margin
0.46 
0.47 
0.36 
(0.08)
0.27 
0.36 
0.36 
               
Net interest margin
1.51 
1.28 
3.22 
9.44 
1.46 
1.29 
2.03 
               
Average customer assets (£m)
118,503 
43,749 
37,944 
30,289 
70,398 
17,546 
318,429 
Average customer liabilities (£m)
107,761 
17,702 
23,531 
-
77,372 
44,536 
270,902 
 
 
-  
Customer asset and liability margins reflect a year on year increase in the Group's internal funding rates which are based on the cost to the Group of alternative funding in the wholesale market. The increase in funding rates has had an adverse impact to customer asset margins and a benefit to customer liability margins
 
 
-  
The Group's internal funding rate prices intra-group funding and liquidity to give credit to businesses with net surplus liquidity and to charge those businesses in need of wholesale funding at a rate that is driven by prevailing market rates and includes a term premium. The objective is to price internal funding for assets and liabilities in line with the cost of alternative funding, which ensures there is consistency between retail and wholesale sources
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  1
2011 comparatives have been revised to reflect certain corporate banking activities previously reported in Africa RBB which are now included within Corporate Banking. Corporate Banking average customer assets, average customer liabilities and net interest income have therefore been adjusted by £1,731m, £6,740m and £118m respectively although the net interest margin remains at 1.46%. Africa RBB comparatives have additionally been revised to include gross cheque advances and cheque deposits of £798m within average assets and average liabilities respectively where these were previously reported net. The Africa RBB net interest margin is therefore revised to 3.22% (previously reported as 3.07%) and the Group 2011 net interest margin is revised to 2.03% (previously reported as 2.04%).
 
 

 
 

 
Performance Management
 
Overview
 
 
-
Barclays has clearly defined its risk management objectives, with an established strategy and framework for managing risk. The approach to identifying, assessing, controlling, reporting and managing risks is formalised in the Principal Risks Policy, which is implemented through relevant control frameworks. Further detail on how these risks are managed will be provided in the 2012 Annual Report and Accounts
 
 
-
The topics and associated specific key risks, by Principal Risk, covered in this report are described below.
 
Principal Risks and Key Specific Risks
Topics Covered
Page
Funding Risk
    
· Increasing capital requirements
·  Capital resources, risk weighted assets, balance sheet leverage and significant regulatory changes
43
· Maintaining capital strength
  
· Changes in funding availability and costs
·  Liquidity pool and funding structure
49
· Local balance sheet management and redenomination risk
·  Eurozone balance sheet redenomination risk
81
   
Credit Risk
    
· Extent and sustainability of economic recovery, including impact of austerity measures on the European economies
·  Total assets by valuation basis and underlying asset class
56
 
· Increase in unemployment due to weaker economies in a number of countries in which the Group operates
·  Loans and advances to customers and banks
           57
·  Impairment, potential credit risk loans and coverage ratios
          58
· Impact of rising inflation and potential interest rate rises on consumer debt affordability and corporate profitability
  
·  Retail credit risk
61
·  Wholesale credit risk
68
· Possibility of further falls in residential property prices in the UK, South Africa and Western Europe
·  Barclays credit market exposures
82
·  Group exposures to Eurozone countries
72
· Impact of potentially deteriorating sovereign credit quality, particularly debt servicing and refinancing capability
·  Credit derivatives referencing Eurozone sovereign debt
81
   
· Potential exit of one or more countries from the Euro as a result of the European debt crisis
    
   
· Possible deterioration in remaining Credit Market Exposures
    
· Large single name losses and deterioration in specific sectors and geographies
    
   
     
Market Risk
    
· Reduced client activity and decreased market liquidity
·  Analysis of Investment Bank's DvaR
83
· Uncertain interest and exchange rate environment
·  Analysis of interest margins
40
· Pension fund risk
·  Retirement benefit liabilities
92
     
Operational Risk
    
· Regulatory Risk
·  Significant litigation matters
94
· Legal Risk
·  Significant competition and regulatory matters
97
 

 
 

 
Funding Risk - Capital
 
Key Capital Ratios
As at
As at
 
31.12.12
31.12.11
Core Tier 1
10.9%
11.0%
Tier 1
13.3%
12.9%
Total capital
17.1%
16.4%
     
Capital Resources
£m
£m
Shareholders' equity (excluding non-controlling interests) per balance sheet
 53,586 
 55,589 
Own credit cumulative loss/(gain)1
804 
(2,680)
Unrealised (gains)/losses on available for sale debt securities1
(417)
803 
Unrealised gains on available for sale equity (recognised as tier 2 capital)1
(110)
(828)
Cash flow hedging reserve
(2,099)
(1,442)
     
Non-controlling interests per balance sheet
9,371 
9,607 
- Less: Other Tier 1 capital - preference shares
(6,203)
(6,235)
- Less: Non-controlling Tier 2 capital
(547)
(573)
Other regulatory adjustments to non-controlling interests
(171)
(138)
     
Other regulatory adjustments and deductions:
    
Defined benefit pension adjustment1
(2,445)
(1,241)
Goodwill and intangible assets1
(7,622)
(7,560)
50% excess of expected losses over impairment1
(648)
(506)
50% of securitisation positions
(1,206)
(1,577)
Other regulatory adjustments
(172)
 (153)
Core Tier 1 capital
 42,121 
 43,066 
     
Other Tier 1 capital:
    
Preference shares
6,203 
6,235 
Tier 1 notes2
509 
530 
Reserve Capital Instruments
2,866 
2,895 
     
Regulatory adjustments and deductions:
    
50% of material holdings
(241)
(2,382)
50% of the tax on excess of expected losses over impairment
176 
129 
Total Tier 1 capital
 51,634 
 50,473 
     
Tier 2 capital:
    
Undated subordinated liabilities
1,625 
1,657 
Dated subordinated liabilities
14,066 
15,189 
Non-controlling Tier 2 capital
547 
573 
Reserves arising on revaluation of property1
39 
25 
Unrealised gains on available for sale equity1
110 
828 
Collectively assessed impairment allowances
2,002 
2,385 
     
Tier 2 deductions:
    
50% of material holdings
(241)
(2,382)
50% excess of expected losses over impairment (gross of tax)
(824)
(635)
50% of securitisation positions
(1,206)
(1,577)
     
Total capital regulatory adjustments and deductions:
    
Investments that are not material holdings or qualifying holdings
(1,139)
(1,991)
Other deductions from total capital
(550)
(597)
Total regulatory capital  
 66,063 
 63,948 
     
     
     
1        The capital impacts of these items are net of tax.
2       Tier 1 notes are included in subordinated liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet.

 

 
Funding Risk - Capital
 
Movement in Core Tier 1 Capital
2012 
2011 
 
£m
£m
Core Tier 1 capital as at 1 January
43,066 
42,861 
     
(Loss)/profit for the year
(236)
3,951 
Removal of own credit1
3,484 
(2,059)
Dividends paid
(1,427)
(1,387)
Retained capital generated from earnings
1,821 
505 
     
Movement in reserves - impact of share schemes
(165)
714 
Movement in currency translation reserves
(1,578)
(1,607)
Movement in qualifying available for sale equity reserves
-  
749 
Other reserves movement
33 
128
Movement in other qualifying reserves
(1,710)
16 
     
Movement in regulatory adjustments and deductions:
    
Defined benefit pension adjustment1
(1,204)
(1,340)
Goodwill and intangible asset balances1
(62)
766 
50% excess of expected losses over impairment1
(142)
(238)
50% of securitisation positions
371 
783 
Other regulatory adjustments
(19)
(255)
Core Tier 1 capital as at 31 December
42,121
43,066 
 
-  
The Core Tier 1 ratio decreased to 10.9% (2011: 11.0%) reflecting a reduction in Core Tier 1 capital of £0.9bn to £42.1bn, partially offset by a 1% reduction in risk weighted assets to £386.9bn
 
Barclays generated £1.8bn Core Tier 1 capital from earnings, which excludes movements in own credit, after absorbing the impact of dividends paid and provisions for PPI and interest rate hedging product redress. The increase from earnings was more than offset by other movements in Core Tier 1 capital, principally:
 
 
-
£1.2bn increase in the adjustment for defined benefit pensions, driven by an additional contribution made to the UK Retirement Fund in April 2012 and deducting expected future deficit contributions over the next five years
 
 
-
£1.6bn reduction due to foreign currency movements, primarily due to depreciation of USD, EUR, and ZAR against GBP which was broadly offset by foreign currency movements in risk weighted assets
 
-
Total Capital Resources increased by £2.1bn reflecting lower deductions for material holdings principally as a result of the sale of the stake in BlackRock, Inc. Within Tier 2 capital, the redemption of £2.7bn dated subordinated liabilities was partially offset by the issuance of $3bn of Contingent Capital Notes (CCNs)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1        The capital impacts of these items are net of tax.
 
 

 

 
 
 
Funding Risk - Capital
Risk Weighted Assets by Risk Type and Business
          
 
Credit Risk
  
Counterparty Credit Risk
  
Market Risk
  
Operational Risk
  
                     
 
 
As at 31.12.12
STD
F-IRB
A-IRB
  
IMM
Non Model Method
  
STD
Modelled - VaR
Charges Add-on and Non-VaR Modelled
    
Total Risk Weighted Assets
 
£m
£m
£m
  
£m
£m
  
£m
£m
£m
  
£m
£m
UK RBB
 1,163 
 - 
 31,096 
  
 - 
 - 
  
 - 
 - 
 - 
  
 6,524 
 38,783 
Europe RBB
 5,727 
 - 
 9,157 
  
 - 
 3 
  
 - 
 - 
 - 
  
 2,225 
 17,112 
Africa RBB
 6,217 
 5,778 
 10,580 
  
 - 
 7 
  
 - 
 - 
 - 
  
 4,426 
 27,008 
Barclaycard
 16,641 
 - 
 13,442 
  
 - 
 - 
  
 - 
 - 
 - 
  
 6,381 
 36,464 
Investment Bank
 9,530 
 3,055 
 47,991 
  
 25,127 
 4,264 
  
 25,396 
 22,497 
 15,429 
  
 24,730 
 178,019 
Corporate Bank
 25,744 
 3,430 
 31,743 
  
 500 
 - 
  
 - 
 - 
 - 
  
 6,556 
 67,973 
Wealth and Investment Management
 11,540 
 317 
 593 
  
 - 
 199 
  
 - 
 - 
 - 
  
 3,184 
 15,833 
Head Office Functions and Other Operations
 205 
 - 
 5,301 
  
 - 
 - 
  
 - 
 - 
 - 
  
 160 
 5,666 
Total Risk Weighted Assets
 76,767 
 12,580 
 149,903 
  
 25,627 
 4,473 
  
 25,396 
 22,497 
 15,429 
  
 54,186 
 386,858 
                           
As at 31.12.11
                
UK RBB
 1,193 
 - 
 27,896 
  
 - 
 - 
  
 - 
 - 
 - 
  
 4,867 
 33,956 
Europe RBB
 6,147 
 - 
 9,691 
  
 - 
 2 
  
 - 
 - 
 - 
  
 1,596 
 17,436 
Africa RBB
 8,840 
 6,615 
 11,452 
  
 - 
 6 
  
 - 
 - 
 - 
  
 3,376 
 30,289 
Barclaycard
 15,262 
 - 
 14,167 
  
 - 
 - 
  
 - 
 - 
 - 
  
 4,757 
 34,186 
Investment Bank
 11,395 
 2,882 
 47,937 
  
 32,570 
 4,792 
  
 27,823 
 26,568 
 17,560 
  
 15,173 
 186,700 
Corporate Bank
 30,826 
 2,926 
 34,338 
  
 561 
 - 
  
 - 
 - 
 - 
  
 4,191 
 72,842 
Wealth and Investment Management
 10,262 
 297 
 834 
  
 - 
 153 
  
 - 
 - 
 - 
  
 1,530 
 13,076 
Head Office Functions and Other Operations
 833 
 - 
 1,431 
  
 - 
 - 
  
 - 
 - 
 - 
  
 250 
 2,514 
Total Risk Weighted Assets
 84,758 
 12,720 
 147,746 
  
 33,131 
 4,953 
  
 27,823 
 26,568 
 17,560 
  
 35,740 
 390,999 
 
 
   
Movement in Risk Weighted Assets
Risk Weighted Assets
 
£bn
As at 1 January 2012
391.0 
Methodology and model changes
38.7 
Business risk reduction
(28.4)
Foreign Exchange
(11.3)
Change in risk parameters
(3.1) 
As at 31 December 2012
386.9 
 
 
-
Methodology and model changes: the £38.7bn increase is primarily driven by:
 
 
-
£18.4bn increase in operational risk driven by a recalibration of risk scenarios taking into account operational risk events impacting the banking industry
 
 
-
£12.0bn increase in market risk within Investment Bank, principally relating to the VaR model scope and the sovereign incremental risk charge
 
 
-
£4.7bn increase due to the introduction of minimum loss given default parameters for sovereign exposures
 
 
-
£2.8bn increase in credit risk as a result of changes to the treatment of real estate exposures 
 


 
 
Funding Risk - Capital
 
 
-
Business risk reduction: the £28.4bn decrease is primarily driven by:
 
 
-
£24.6bn decrease as a result of business risk reduction in the Investment Bank, including a £4.2bn decrease as a result of the sell down of legacy assets (in addition to £1.0bn lower capital deductions related to legacy business)
 
 
-
£6.9bn credit risk decrease within Corporate Banking, reflecting business risk reduction and the strategic exit from non-core international portfolios offset by
 
 
-
£2.2bn increase within UK RBB predominantly driven by mortgage balance growth
 
-
Foreign exchange: £11.3bn decrease is primarily due to the depreciation of USD, EUR and ZAR against GBP
 
-  
Change in risk parameters: the £3.1bn decrease is primarily driven by improvements in underlying risk profiles and market conditions
 
 
Implementation of Basel 3 - Impact on Regulatory Capital
 
 
-  
The new capital requirements regulation and capital requirements directive that implement Basel 3 proposals within the EU (collectively known as CRD IV) are still under consideration. The requirements are expected to be finalised during 2013, however the implementation date is uncertain
 
-  
CRD IV includes the requirement for a 'minimum' Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) ratio of 4.5%, an additional Capital Conservation buffer (CCB) of 2.5% and Counter-Cyclical Capital buffer (CCCB) of up to 2.5% to be applied when macro-economic conditions indicate areas of the economy are over-heating. Our working assumption is that the CCCB would be zero if implemented today
 
-  
In addition globally systemically important banks are expected to hold a buffer of up to 2.5%. For Barclays, this was confirmed in November 2012 by the Financial Stability Board (FSB) to be 2.0% resulting in an expected regulatory target CET1 ratio of 9.0%. This regulatory target capital requirement will phase in between adoption of CRD IV and 2019
 
-  
The proposed changes to the definition of CET1 also include transitional provisions that are in line with the FSA's statement on CRD IV transitional provisions in October 2012
 
-  
Given the phasing of both capital requirements and target levels, in advance of needing to comply with the fully loaded end state requirements Barclays will have the opportunity to continue to generate additional capital from earnings and take management actions to mitigate the impact of CRD IV
 
-  
To provide an indication of the potential impact on Barclays, we have estimated our proforma RWAs and CET1 ratio on both a transitional and fully loaded basis, reflecting our current interpretation of the rules and assuming they were applied as at 1 January 2013. As at that date Barclays proforma RWAs on a CRD IV basis would have been estimated at approximately £468bn, with a resultant transitional CET1 ratio of approximately 10.6% and a fully loaded CET1 ratio of approximately 8.2%
 
-  
The actual impact of CRD IV on capital ratios may be materially different as the requirements and related technical standards have not yet been finalised, for example provisions relating to the scope of application of the CVA volatility charge and restrictions on short hedges relating to insignificant financial holdings. The actual impact will also be dependent on required regulatory approvals and the extent to which further management action is taken prior to implementation
 
-  
The Basel 3 guidelines include a proposed leverage metric to be implemented by national supervisors initially under a parallel run for disclosure purposes only, and migrating to a mandatory limit over a period of 5 years. Based on our interpretation of the current proposals, the Group's CRD IV leverage ratio as at 31 December 2012 would be within the proposed limit of 33x, allowing for transitional relief to Tier 1 capital
 
 
 
 
 

 

 
Funding Risk - Capital
 
Balance Sheet Leverage
As at
31.12.12
As at
31.12.11
 
£m
£m
Total assets1 
1,490,321 
1,563,527 
Counterparty netting
(387,672)
(440,592)
Collateral on derivatives
(46,855)
(51,124)
Net settlement balances and cash collateral
(71,718)
(61,913)
Goodwill and intangible assets
(7,915)
(7,846)
Customer assets held under investment contracts2 
(1,494)
(1,681)
Adjusted total tangible assets
974,667 
1,000,371 
Total qualifying Tier 1 capital
51,634 
50,473 
Adjusted gross leverage
19x
20x
Adjusted gross leverage (excluding liquidity pool)
16x
17x
Ratio of total assets to shareholders' equity
24x
24x
Ratio of total assets to shareholders' equity (excluding liquidity pool)
21x
22x
 
 
-
Barclays continues to manage its balance sheet within limits and targets for balance sheet usage
 
-
Adjusted gross leverage reduced to 19x (2011: 20x) reflecting a 2.3% increase in qualifying Tier 1 capital to £51.6bn and a 2.6% decrease in adjusted total tangible assets to £975bn
 
-
At month ends during 2012, the ratio moved in a range from 19x to 23x (2011: 20x to 23x) primarily due to fluctuations in collateralised reverse repurchase lending and high quality trading portfolio assets
 
-
Adjusted total tangible assets include cash and balances at central banks of £86.2bn (2011: £106.9bn). Excluding these balances, the balance sheet leverage would be 17x (2011:18x). Excluding the whole liquidity pool, leverage would be 16x (2011: 17x)
 
-
The ratio of total assets to total shareholders' equity remained flat at 24x (2011: 24x) and moved within a month end range of 24x to 28x (2011: 24x to 28x), driven by fluctuations noted above and changes in gross interest rate derivatives and settlement balances
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1        Includes Liquidity Pool £150bn (31 December 2011: £152bn).
 
 
2       Comprising financial assets designated at fair value and associated cash balances.
 
 

 
 

 
Funding Risk - Capital
 
Liquidity Risk Management Framework
 
Barclays has a comprehensive Liquidity Risk Management Framework (the Liquidity Framework) for managing the Group's liquidity risk. The Liquidity Framework meets the FSA's standards and is designed to ensure that the Group maintains sufficient financial resources of appropriate quality for the Group's funding profile. This is achieved via a combination of policy formation, review and governance, analysis, stress testing, limit setting and monitoring. Together, these meet internal and regulatory requirements. 
 
Liquidity risk is managed separately at Absa Group due to local currency and funding requirements. Unless stated otherwise, all disclosures in this section exclude Absa. For details of liquidity risk management at Absa, see page 55.
 
Under the Liquidity Framework, the Group has established a Liquidity Risk Appetite (LRA), which is measured with reference to the liquidity pool compared to anticipated stressed net contractual and contingent outflows under a variety of stress scenarios. These scenarios are aligned to the FSA's prescribed stresses and cover a market-wide stress event, a Barclays-specific stress event and a combination of the two. Under normal market conditions, the liquidity pool is managed to be at least 100% of three months' anticipated outflows for a market-wide stress and one month's anticipated outflows for each of the Barclays-specific and combined stresses. Of these, the one month Barclays-specific scenario is the most constraining.
 
Since June 2010 the Group has reported its liquidity position against Individual Liquidity Guidance (ILG) provided by the FSA. The Group also monitors its position against anticipated Basel 3 metrics, including the Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR) and the Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR). Based on the latest standards published by the Basel Committee Barclays had a surplus to both of these requirements, with an estimated LCR of 126% and an estimated NSFR of 104% (2011: 97%)1,2.
 
As at 31 December 2012, the Group held eligible liquid assets significantly in excess of 100% of stress requirements for each of the one month Barclays-specific LRA scenario and the Basel 3 LCR requirement:
 
Compliance with Internal and Regulatory Stress Requirements
Barclays LRA          (one month Barclays specific requirement)3 
Estimated Basel 3 LCR (revised text January 2013)
Estimated Basel 3 LCR (earlier text   December 2010)
 
£bn
£bn
£bn
Eligible liquidity buffer
 150 
 155 
 150 
Stress requirement
 116 
 123 
 145 
Surplus
 34 
 32 
 5 
Liquidity pool as a percentage of anticipated net outflows
129%
126%
103%
 
 
Barclays plans to maintain its surplus to the internal and regulatory stress requirements at an efficient level. Barclays will continue to monitor the money markets closely, in particular for early indications of the tightening of available funding. In these conditions, the nature and severity of the stress scenarios are reassessed and appropriate action taken with respect to the liquidity pool. This may include further increasing the size of the pool or monetising the pool to meet stress outflows.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1
In January 2013, the Basel Committee published revised standards for the LCR. Under the previous version of the Basel standards published in December 2010 the Group LCR estimate as of 31 December 2012 was 103% (2011: 82%). The revised LCR standards published in January 2013 result in a significantly lower liquidity requirement and allow for the inclusion in the liquidity pool of an additional category of high-quality liquid assets (referred to as Level 2B assets). The methodology for estimating the LCR is based on an interpretation of the published Basel standards and includes a number of assumptions which are subject to change prior to the implementation of the LCR standards in 2015.
 
  2
The LCR and NSFR estimates are calculated for the Group on a consolidated basis including Absa.
 
  3
Of the three stress scenarios monitored as part of the LRA, the one month Barclays specific scenario results in the lowest ratio at 129% (2011: 107%). This compares to 141% (2011: 127%) under the three month market-wide scenario and 145% (2011: 118%) under the one month combined scenario.

 

 
Funding Risk - Liquidity
 
Liquidity Pool
 
 
The Group liquidity pool as at 31 December 2012 was £150bn (2011: £152bn). During 2012 the month-end liquidity pool ranged from of £150bn to £173bn, and the month-end average balance was £162bn (2011: £156bn). The liquidity pool is held unencumbered and is not used to support payment or clearing requirements.  It is intended to offset stress outflows and comprises the following cash and unencumbered assets.
 
 
 
Composition of the Group Liquidity Pool  
        
 
Liquidity Pool
Liquidity pool of which FSA eligible
Liquidity pool of which Basel III Liquidity Coverage Ratio-eligible1 
 
 
     
Level 1
Level 2A
As at 31.12.12
£bn
£bn
£bn
£bn
Cash and deposits with central banks2 
 85 
 82 
 82 
 - 
         
Government bonds3 
        
AAA rated
 40 
 39 
 40 
 - 
AA+ to AA- rated
 5 
 4 
 5 
 - 
A+ to A- rated
 1 
 - 
 - 
 1 
Total Government bonds
 46 
 43 
 45 
 1 
         
Other  
        
Supranational bonds and multilateral development banks
 4 
 4 
 4 
 - 
Agencies and agency mortgage-backed securities
 7 
 - 
 5 
 2 
Covered bonds (rated AA- and above)
 5 
 - 
 - 
 5 
Other
 3 
-
 - 
 - 
Total Other
 19 
 4 
 9 
 7 
         
Total  
 150 
 129 
 136 
 8 
 
 
As at 31 December 2012 the portion of the Group liquidity pool comprised of cash and deposits with central banks reduced to £85bn (2011: £105bn) as a result of a reallocation to government bonds and other liquid assets. This reflects the efficient management of the composition of the Group liquidity pool without compromising the liquidity position of the Group.
 
 
Barclays manages the liquidity pool on a centralised basis. As at 31 December 2012, 90% of the liquidity pool was located in Barclays Bank PLC (2011: 94%) and was available to meet liquidity needs across the Barclays Group. The residual liquidity pool is held predominantly within Barclays Capital Inc. (BCI). The portion of the liquidity pool outside of Barclays Bank PLC is held against entity-specific stressed outflows and regulatory requirements.
 
 
The Group's liquidity pool is well diversified by major currency and the Group monitors the LRA stress scenarios for major currencies:
 
 
 
Liquidity Pool by Currency
USD
EUR
GBP
Other
Total
 
£bn
£bn
£bn
£bn
£bn
Liquidity pool
 26 
 66 
 25 
 33 
 150 
 
 
 
  1
 The Liquidity Coverage Ratio-eligible assets presented in this table represent only those assets which are also eligible for the Group liquidity pool and do not include any Level 2B assets as a result.
 
 
  2 
Of which over 95% (2011: over 95%) was placed with the Bank of England, US Federal Reserve, European Central Bank, Bank of Japan and Swiss National Bank.
 
 
 3
 Of which over 80% (2011: over 80%) of securities are comprised of United Kingdom, United States, Japan, France, Germany, Denmark and the Netherlands.
 

 

 
Funding Risk - Liquidity
 
Contingent Liquidity
 
In addition to the Group liquidity pool, Barclays has access to other unencumbered assets which provide a source of contingent liquidity. Whilst these are not relied on in the Group's LRA, a portion of these assets may be monetised in a stress to generate liquidity through use as collateral for secured funding or through outright sale.
 
These contingent sources of liquidity are primarily comprised of unencumbered trading portfolio assets and other securities as well as unencumbered loans and advances.
 
As at 31 December 2012, only 17% of customer loans and advances were used to secure external sources of funds. Of the unencumbered loans and advances, a further portion are suitable for use in secured issuance or in repurchase agreements with market counterparts.
 
In either an idiosyncratic or market wide liquidity stress, liquidity available via market sources could be severely disrupted.  In circumstances where market liquidity were unavailable or available only at heavily discounted prices, Barclays may alternatively generate liquidity via central bank facilities. The Group maintains a significant amount of collateral pre-positioned at central banks and available to raise funding.
 
Funding Structure
 
The basis for sound liquidity risk management is a solid and diverse funding structure that reduces the probability of a liquidity stress leading to an inability to meet funding obligations as they fall due.
 
 
The Group's overall funding strategy aims to align the sources and uses of funding:
 
 
-
Retail and commercial customer loans and advances are largely funded by customer deposits
 
-
Trading portfolio assets are largely funded by repurchase agreements
 
-
Reverse repurchase agreements are largely matched by repurchase agreements and the remainder are used to settle trading portfolio liabilities
 
-
Derivative assets are largely matched by derivatives liabilities
 
-
The liquidity pool is predominantly funded through wholesale markets
 
-
Other assets together with other loans and advances are funded by long term wholesale debt and equity
 

 

 
Funding Risk - Liquidity
 
Deposit Funding1
          
 
As at 31.12.12
  
As at 31.12.11
 
 
Funding of Loans and Advances to Customers
Loans and Advances to Customers
Customer Deposits
Loan to Deposit
Ratio
  
Loan to Deposit
 Ratio
 
£bn
£bn
%
  
%
RBB
232.8 
158.4 
 147 
  
 146 
Corporate Banking2 
62.9 
97.1 
 65 
  
 83 
Wealth and Investment Management
21.2 
53.8 
 39 
  
 40 
Total funding excluding secured
316.9 
309.3 
 102 
  
 111 
Secured funding
  
48.8 
      
Sub-total including secured funding
316.9 
358.1 
 88 
  
 101 
           
RBB, Corporate Banking & Wealth and Investment Management2 
316.9 
309.3 
 102 
  
 111 
Investment Bank
46.2 
26.1 
 177 
  
 138 
Head Office and Other Operations
0.8 
0.2 
 - 
  
-
Trading settlement balances and cash collateral
61.8 
50.1 
 123 
  
142 
Total
425.7 
385.7 
 110 
  
 118 
 
 
The Group loan to deposit ratio as at 31 December 2012 was 110% (2011: 118%).
 
 
RBB, Corporate Banking and Wealth and Investment Management activities are largely funded with customer deposits. As at 31 December 2012, the loan to deposit ratio for these businesses was 102% (2011: 111%) and the loan to deposit and secured funding ratio was 88% (2011: 101%). The customer funding gap for these businesses is met using asset backed securities and covered bonds secured primarily over customer loans and advances such as residential mortgages and credit card receivables.
 
The excess of the Investment Bank's loans and advances over customer deposits is funded with long-term debt and equity. The Investment Bank does not rely on customer deposit funding from RBB, Corporate Banking and Wealth and Investment Management.
 
As at 31 December 2012, £112bn of total customer deposits were insured through the UK Financial Services Compensation Scheme and other similar schemes. In addition to these customer deposits, there were £3bn of other liabilities insured by governments.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  1 
    Included within RBB, Corporate Banking and the Investment Bank are Absa Group related balances totalling £37bn of loans and advances to customers funded by £33bn of customer deposits.
 
 
  2
    In addition, Corporate Banking holds £17.6bn (2011: £17.2bn) loans and advances as financial assets held at fair value.
 

 

 
Funding Risk - Liquidity
 
Wholesale Funding
 
 
Funding of Other Assets as at 31 December 2012
 
Assets
£bn
  
Liabilities
£bn
         
Trading Portfolio Assets and Other Securities
 85 
  
Repurchase agreements
 217 
Reverse repurchase agreements
 132 
      
         
Reverse repurchase agreements
 44 
  
Trading Portfolio Liabilities
44 
         
Derivative financial instruments
 466 
  
Derivative financial instruments
 460 
         
Liquidity pool
 150 
  
Less than 1 year wholesale debt
 101 
Other assets 1 
 148 
  
Greater than 1 year wholesale debt and equity
 197 
 
-
Trading portfolio assets are largely funded by repurchase agreements. As at 31 December 2012, 74% of this activity was secured against highly liquid assets2. The weighted average maturity of these repurchase agreements secured against less liquid assets was 98 days
 
 
-
The majority of reverse repurchase agreements are matched by repurchase agreements. As at 31 December 2012, 75% of matchbook activity was secured against highly liquid assets2
 
 
-
The remainder of reverse repurchase agreements are used to settle trading portfolio liabilities
 
 
-
Derivative assets and liabilities are largely matched. A substantial proportion of balance sheet derivative positions qualify for counterparty netting and the remaining portions are largely offset once netted against cash collateral received and paid
 
 
-
The liquidity pool is funded by wholesale debt, the majority of which matures in less than one year
 
 
-
Other assets are largely matched by term wholesale debt and equity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1     Predominantly available for sale investments, trading portfolio assets, financial assets designated at fair value and loans and advances to banks.
 
 
2       Highly liquid assets are limited to government bonds, US agency securities and US agency mortgage-backed securities.
 

 

 
Funding Risk - Liquidity
 
Composition of Wholesale Funding
 
The Group maintains access to a variety of sources of wholesale funds in major currencies, including those available from money markets, repo markets and from term investors, across a variety of distribution channels and geographies. The Group is an active participant in money markets and have direct access to US, European and Asian capital markets through our global investment banking operations and long-term investors through our clients worldwide. As a result, wholesale funding is well diversified by product, maturity, geography and major currency.
 
 
As at 31 December 2012 total wholesale funding outstanding (excluding repurchase agreements) was £240bn (2011: £265bn). £101bn of wholesale funding matures in less than one year (2011: £130bn) of which £18bn relates to term funding (2011: £27bn)1. £138bn of wholesale funding has a residual maturity of over one year (2011: £135bn).
 
 
As at 31 December 2012, outstanding wholesale funding comprised of £39bn secured funding (2011: £39bn) and £201bn unsecured funding (2011: £227bn).
 
 
 
Maturity Profile2 
                
Maturity of Wholesale Funding
Not more than one month
Over one month but not more than three months
Over three months but not more than six months
Over six months but not more than one year
Sub-total less than one year
Over one year but not more than two years
Over two years
Total
 
£bn
£bn
£bn
£bn
£bn
£bn
£bn
£bn
Deposits from Banks
10.8 
8.7 
1.5 
0.7 
21.7 
1.6 
7.2 
30.5 
CDs and CP
5.8 
23.4 
9.0 
6.9 
45.1 
2.0 
1.3 
48.4 
Asset Backed Commercial Paper
2.9 
2.5 
- 
- 
5.4 
- 
- 
5.4 
Senior unsecured (Public benchmark)
3.3 
- 
- 
0.6 
3.9 
7.8 
14.4 
26.1 
Senior unsecured (Privately placed)
0.7 
4.1 
4.0 
5.3 
14.1 
10.8 
38.5 
63.4 
Covered bonds/ABS
- 
0.4 
1.3 
0.4 
2.1 
4.7 
20.8 
27.6 
Subordinated liabilities
- 
0.6 
- 
0.1 
0.7 
- 
22.0 
22.7 
Other3 
3.8 
1.4 
1.9 
1.2 
8.3 
1.2 
5.9 
15.4 
Total as at 31.12.2012
27.3 
41.1 
17.7 
15.2 
101.3 
28.1 
110.1 
239.5 
Of which secured
4.6 
4.0 
2.4 
1.3 
12.3 
5.2 
21.5 
39.0 
Of which unsecured
22.7 
37.1 
15.3 
13.9 
89.0 
22.9 
88.6 
200.5 
                 
Total as at 31.12.2011
        
130.3 
    
265.2 
Of which secured
        
16.9 
    
38.7 
Of which unsecured
        
113.4 
    
226.5 
 
 
The Group has £63bn of privately placed senior unsecured notes in issue. These notes are issued through a variety of distribution channels including intermediaries and private banks. A large proportion of end users of these products are individual retail investors.
 
 
The liquidity risk of wholesale funding is carefully managed primarily through the LRA stress tests, against which the liquidity pool is held. Although not a requirement, the liquidity pool exceeded wholesale funding maturing in less than one year by £49bn as at 31 December 2012 (2011: £22bn).
 
 
The average maturity of wholesale funding net of the liquidity pool was at least 61 months (2011: 58 months).
 
 
  
  
 
  1
 Term funding maturities comprise public benchmark and privately placed senior unsecured notes, covered bonds/ABS and subordinated debt where the original maturity of the instrument was more than 1 year. In addition, at 31 December 2012, £3bn of these instruments were not counted towards term financing as they had an original maturity of less than 1 year.
 
 
  2
The composition of wholesale funds comprises the balance sheet reported Deposits from Banks, Financial liabilities at Fair Value, Debt Securities in Issue and Subordinated Liabilities, excluding cash collateral and settlement balances. It does not include collateral swaps, including participation in the Bank of England's Funding for Lending Scheme. Included within deposits from banks are £6.7bn of liabilities drawn in the European Central Bank's 3 year long-term refinancing operation (LTRO).
 
 
  3
Primarily comprised of Fair Value Deposits (£7.1bn) and secured financing of physical gold (£6.0bn).
 

 

 
Funding Risk - Liquidity
 
 
Currency Profile
 
As at 31 December 2012, the proportion of wholesale funding by major currencies was as follows:
 
 
 
 
USD
EUR
GBP
Other
Currency composition of wholesale funds
%
%
%
%
Deposits from Banks
11%
51%
30%
8%
CDs and CP
50%
30%
20%
-
Asset Backed Commercial Paper
78%
13%
9%
-
Senior unsecured
27%
37%
16%
20%
Covered bonds/ABS
22%
58%
19%
1%
Subordinated Liabilities
28%
24%
47%
1%
Total
31%
38%
22%
9%
 
 
-
To manage cross-currency refinancing risk Barclays manages to FX cash-flow limits, which limit the risk at specific maturities
 
 
Term Financing
 
 
The Group continues to attract deposits in unsecured money markets and to raise additional secured and unsecured term funding in a variety of markets. During 2012, the Group issued approximately £28bn of term funding, comprising:
 
 
-
£3.4bn equivalent of public benchmark senior unsecured
 
-
£6.2bn equivalent of net privately placed senior unsecured
 
-
£16.8bn equivalent of secured
 
-
£1.9bn equivalent of subordinated debt
 
 
Included within secured funding issued during 2012 is £6bn of funding raised through participation in the Bank of England's Funding for Lending Scheme.
 
 
Subordinated debt issued during 2012 comprises a Tier 2 issue of £1.9bn equivalent of contingent capital notes which includes a write-off feature should the Group's CT1 or CET1 capital, as appropriate, fall below 7%.
 
 
As previously disclosed, in addition to the above issuance, Euro funding gaps in Spain and Portugal were reduced through accessing €8.2bn of the European Central Bank's long-term refinancing operation in February 2012 (see page 81 for more detail of local Eurozone balance sheet redenomination risk). 
 
 
Total 2012 issuance was sufficient to cover the Group's needs for 2012 and also to pre-fund a large portion of the Group's needs for 2013. The Group's needs in 2012 were significantly lower than the £27bn of term funding maturing in that year due to the improvement in the customer loan to deposit ratio and a sell down in legacy assets.
 
 
The Group has £18bn of term debt maturing in 2013 and a further £24bn maturing in 2014. However, when considering expected deposit growth and reduction in legacy assets, the Group's funding needs would be considerably lower. The Group continues to recognise the importance of a diversified funding base, and therefore monitors opportunities across a variety of funding markets.
 

 

 
Funding Risk - Liquidity
 
Credit Rating
 
 
Credit Rating as at 31 December 2012
Standard & Poor's
Moody's
Fitch
DBRS
Barclays Bank PLC
        
Long Term
A+ (Negative)
A2 (Negative)
A (Stable)
AA (Negative)
Short Term
A-1
P-1
F1
R-1 (High)
 
 
-
During 2012, Barclays Bank PLC rating was downgraded by Moody's, from Aa3/P-1 to A2/P-1, as a result of the agency's rating repositioning of banks and securities firms with global capital market operations, and by DBRS, from AA High/ R-1 High to AA/R-1 High, as the result of the resignation of senior management during the summer. Barclays was fully reserving for maximum contractual outflows as a result of the ratings actions in the liquidity pool. There has been no significant change in deposit funding or wholesale funding in relation to the rating actions
 
 
-
The below table shows contractual collateral requirements and contingent obligations following one and two notch long-term and associated short-term simultaneous downgrades across all credit rating agencies, which are fully reserved for in the liquidity pool.  These numbers do not assume any management or restructuring actions that could be taken to reduce posting requirements
 
 
 
Contractual Credit Rating Downgrade Exposure
One-notch
Two-notch
(cumulative cash flow)
£bn
£bn
Securitisation derivatives
 5 
 7 
Contingent liabilities
 7 
 7 
Derivatives margining
 - 
 1 
Liquidity facilities
 1 
 2 
Total
 13 
 17 
 
 
-
Beyond these contractual requirements, these outflows do not include the potential liquidity impact from loss of unsecured funding, such as from money market funds, or loss of secured funding capacity. However, unsecured and secured funding stresses are included in the LRA stress scenarios and a portion of the liquidity pool is held against these risks
 
-
Credit rating downgrades could also result in increased costs or reduced capacity to raise funding 
 
 
Absa Group
 
-
Liquidity risk is managed separately at Absa Group due to local currency, funding and regulatory requirements
 
- In addition to the Group liquidity pool, as at 31 December 2012, Absa Group held £4.6bn of liquidity pool assets against Absa-specific anticipated stressed outflows. The liquidity pool consists of South African
       government bonds and Treasury bills. The Absa loan to deposit ratio as at 31 December 2012 was 112% (2011: 115%). The improvement in the loan to deposit ratio was driven by a reduction in loans and advances as a result
       of exchange rate movements combined with lower demand for credit across the South African economy in general, as well as a continued focus on ensuring that high credit standards continue to be applied. Absa has
       also seen an increase in the term of customer deposits over the period
 
-
As at 31 December 2012, Absa had £12bn of wholesale funding outstanding (2011: £15bn), of which £6bn matures in less than 12 months (2011: £9bn). Issuance of term debt during 2012 included £0.5bn of senior unsecured debt and £0.4bn of subordinated debt, further extending the term and diversity of the funding base
 
 

 
 

 
Funding Risk - Liquidity
 
Analysis of Total Assets by Valuation Basis
    
     
Accounting Basis
  
Sub Analysis
           
 
 
Assets as at 31.12.12
Total Assets
  
 
Cost Based
Measure
Fair Value
  
Credit Market Exposures1 
 
£m
  
£m
£m
  
£m
Cash and balances at central banks
86,175 
  
86,175 
- 
  
- 
             
Items in the course of collection from other banks
1,456 
  
1,456 
- 
  
- 
             
Debt securities
114,759 
  
- 
114,759 
  
420 
Equity securities
24,751 
  
- 
24,751 
  
- 
Traded loans
2,404 
  
- 
2,404 
  
- 
Commodities2 
3,116 
  
- 
3,116 
  
- 
Trading portfolio assets
145,030 
  
- 
145,030 
  
420 
             
Loans and advances
21,996 
  
- 
21,996 
  
1,368 
Debt securities
6,118 
  
- 
6,118 
  
- 
Equity securities
8,957 
  
- 
8,957 
  
3 
Other financial assets3 
7,727 
  
- 
7,727 
  
- 
Held in respect of linked liabilities to customers under investment contracts
1,263 
  
- 
1,263 
  
- 
Financial assets designated at fair value
46,061 
  
- 
46,061 
  
1,371 
             
Derivative financial instruments
469,146 
  
- 
469,146 
  
672 
             
Loans and advances to banks
40,489 
  
40,489 
- 
  
- 
             
Loans and advances to customers
425,729 
  
425,729 
- 
  
4,763 
             
Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending
176,956 
  
176,956 
- 
  
- 
             
Debt securities  
74,677 
  
- 
74,677 
  
257 
Equity securities
432 
  
- 
432 
  
- 
Available for sale financial investments
75,109 
  
- 
75,109 
  
257 
             
Other assets
24,170 
  
22,484 
1,686 
  
1,625 
             
Total assets as at 31.12.12
1,490,321 
  
753,289 
737,032 
  
9,108 
             
Total assets as at 31.12.11
1,563,527 
  
764,012 
799,515 
  
14,981 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1     Further analysis of Barclays credit market exposures is on page 82. Undrawn commitments of £202m (2011: £180m) are off-balance sheet and therefore not included in the table above.
 
 
2    Commodities primarily consist of physical inventory positions.
 
 
3    These instruments consist primarily of reverse repurchase agreements designated at fair value.
 
 

 
 

 
Funding Risk - Liquidity
 
Credit Risk
 
 
Analysis of Loans and Advances to Customers and Banks
 
 
             
Loans and Advances at Amortised Cost Net of Impairment Allowances, by Industry Sector and Geography
             
 
 
As at 31.12.12
United Kingdom
Europe
Americas
Africa and Middle East
Asia
Total
 
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
Banks
7,134 
14,475 
12,050 
1,806 
3,405 
38,870 
Other financial institutions
17,113 
20,986 
42,277 
4,490 
3,124 
87,990 
Manufacturing
6,041 
2,533 
1,225 
1,232 
487 
11,518 
Construction
3,077 
476 
1 
75 
21 
3,650 
Property
15,167 
2,411 
677 
3,101 
247 
21,603 
Government
558 
2,985 
1,012 
1,734 
253 
6,542 
Energy and water
2,286 
2,365 
1,757 
821 
393 
7,622 
Wholesale and retail distribution and leisure
9,567 
2,463 
734 
1,748 
91 
14,603 
Business and other services
15,754 
2,754 
2,360 
2,654 
630 
24,152 
Home loans
119,652 
36,659 
480 
17,553 
270 
174,614 
Cards, unsecured loans and other personal lending
29,716 
5,887 
11,725 
5,172 
1,147 
53,647 
Other
9,448 
2,390 
1,232 
7,817 
520 
21,407 
Net loans and advances to customers and banks
235,513 
96,384 
75,530 
48,203 
10,588 
466,218 
Impairment allowance
(3,270)
(2,775)
(2,180)
(1,381)
(70)
(9,676)
             
As at 31.12.11
            
Banks
9,251 
13,503 
13,349 
2,956 
5,648 
44,707 
Other financial institutions
18,474 
20,059 
44,965 
2,264 
3,888 
89,650 
Manufacturing
6,185 
3,341 
1,396 
1,439 
543 
12,904 
Construction
3,391 
771 
32 
348 
65 
4,607 
Property
16,230 
3,193 
869 
3,600 
212 
24,104 
Government
493 
3,365 
907 
3,072 
1,031 
8,868 
Energy and water
1,599 
2,448 
2,165 
818 
384 
7,414 
Wholesale and retail distribution and leisure
10,308 
3,008 
656 
2,073 
161 
16,206 
Business and other services
16,473 
4,981 
1,584 
2,907 
355 
26,300 
Home loans
112,260 
38,508 
566 
19,437 
501 
171,272 
Cards, unsecured loans and other personal lending
27,409 
6,417 
9,293 
6,158 
785 
50,062 
Other
8,363 
5,554 
1,312 
7,471 
586 
23,286 
Net loans and advances to customers and banks
230,436 
105,148 
77,094 
52,543 
14,159 
479,380 
Impairment allowance
(4,005)
(2,920)
(2,128)
(1,446)
(98)
(10,597)
       
Impairment Allowance
      
 
Year Ended
Year Ended
 
31.12.12
31.12.11
 
£m
£m
At beginning of period
10,597 
12,432 
Acquisitions and disposals
(80)
(18)
Exchange and other adjustments
(286)
(440)
Unwind of discount
(211)
(243)
Amounts written off
(4,119)
(5,165)
Recoveries
212 
265 
Amounts charged against profit
3,563 
3,766 
At end of period
9,676 
10,597 
       

 

 
Credit Risk
 
Loans and Advances Held at Fair Value, by Industry Sector and Geography
    
 
 
As at 31.12.12
United Kingdom
Europe
Americas
Africa and Middle East
Asia
Total
 
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
Banks
- 
493 
120 
422 
- 
1,035 
Other financial institutions1 
13 
611 
622 
8 
39 
1,293 
Manufacturing
6 
38 
601 
16 
15 
676 
Construction
161 
1 
- 
28 
4 
194 
Property
8,668 
830 
295 
121 
- 
9,914 
Government
5,759 
6 
314 
17 
5 
6,101 
Energy and water
10 
73 
41 
46 
3 
173 
Wholesale and retail distribution and leisure
33 
2 
220 
72 
1 
328 
Business and other services
3,404 
20 
685 
14 
- 
4,123 
Other
105 
132 
46 
224 
56 
563 
Total
18,159 
2,206 
2,944 
968 
123 
24,400 
             
As at 31.12.11
            
Banks
 11 
 364 
 10 
 126 
 1 
512 
Other financial institutions1 
 142 
 76 
 892 
 134 
 21 
1,265 
Manufacturing
 16 
 211 
 154 
 7 
 18 
406 
Construction
 158 
 - 
 - 
 19 
 2 
179 
Property
 8,443 
 1,147 
 575 
 133 
 3 
10,301 
Government
 5,609 
 - 
 - 
 19 
 8 
5,636 
Energy and water
 32 
 203 
 46 
 104 
 - 
385 
Wholesale and retail distribution and leisure
 63 
 15 
 243 
 36 
 2 
359 
Business and other services
 3,381 
 76 
 201 
 34 
 - 
3,692 
Other
 90 
 66 
 55 
 317 
 71 
599 
Total
 17,945 
 2,158 
 2,176 
 929 
 126 
23,334 
             
 
 
Credit Impairment Charges and other Provisions by Business
    
   
2012 
2011 
Loan Impairment
£m
£m
UK RBB
269 
 536 
Europe RBB  
328 
 241 
Africa RBB  
646 
466 
Barclaycard  
979 
 1,259 
Investment Bank2
448 
 129 
Corporate Banking  
851 
1,120 
Wealth and Investment Management  
38 
 41 
Head Office and Other Operations  
- 
(2)
Total Loan Impairment Charges3 
3,559 
3,790 
Impairment charges on Available for Sale Financial Investments (excluding BlackRock, Inc.)  
40 
60 
Impairment of Reverse Repurchase agreements  
(3)
(48)
Total Credit Impairment Charges and other Provisions  
3,596 
3,802 
Impairment of Investment in BlackRock, Inc.  
- 
1,800 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  1 
    Included within Other financial institutions (Americas) are £427m (2011: £693m) of loans backed by retail mortgage collateral.
 
 
  2 
    Credit market related charges within Investment Bank comprised a net £243m charge (2011: £14m write back) against loans and advances and £6m write back (2011: £35m write back) against available for sale assets.
 
 
  3
     Includes write back of £4m (2011: £24m charge) in respect of undrawn facilities and guarantees.
 

 

 
Credit Risk
 
-
Impairment charges on loans and advances were 6% lower than 2011 reflecting lower impairment in UK RBB, Barclaycard and Corporate Banking partially offset by higher charges in some international businesses, notably in Europe and South Africa, and a higher charge in Investment Bank. The increase in Investment Bank was primarily related to ABS CDO Super Senior positions and losses on a small number of single name exposures, also the prior year included a non-recurring release of £223m
 
-
Further detail can be found in the Retail and Wholesale Credit Risk sections on pages 61 and 68 respectively
 
 
 
Potential Credit Risk Loans and Coverage Ratios1
            
                 
 
CRLs
  
PPLs
  
PCRLs
                 
 
 
As at 31 December
2012 
2011 
  
2012 
2011 
  
2012 
2011 
 
£m
£m
  
£m
£m
  
£m
£m
Retail1 
8,821 
10,410 
  
656 
600 
  
9,477 
11,010 
Wholesale2 
9,744 
10,932 
  
1,102 
1,372 
  
10,846 
12,304 
Group
18,565 
21,342 
  
1,758 
1,972 
  
20,323 
23,314 
                 
 
 
 
Impairment allowance
  
CRL coverage
  
PCRL coverage
 
 
As at 31 December
2012 
2011 
  
2012 
2011 
  
2012 
2011 
 
£m
£m
  
%
%
  
%
%
Retail  
4,635 
5,386 
  
52.5 
51.7 
  
48.9 
48.9 
Wholesale
5,041 
5,211 
  
51.7 
47.7 
  
46.5 
42.4 
Group
9,676 
10,597 
  
52.1 
49.7 
  
47.6 
45.5 
 
 
-
Overall, Credit Risk Loan (CRL) balances decreased by 13% reflecting improvements in both the retail and wholesale portfolios
 
-
The CRL coverage ratio increased to 52.1% (2011: 49.7%)
 
-
Overall Potential Problem Loans decreased 11% principally reflecting lower balances in the wholesale portfolios
 
-
The PCRL coverage ratio increased to 47.6% (2011: 45.5%)
 
-
Further detail can be found in the Retail and Wholesale Credit Risk sections on pages 61 and 68 respectively
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  1
For December 2012 reporting UK RBB Medium Business lending and Barclaycard's Global Payment Acceptance, Global Commercial Payments and Business Cards portfolios have been reclassified from wholesale to retail, whilst Wealth and Investment Management's Private Bank portfolio has been reclassified from retail to wholesale. This has resulted in a net increase in retail PCRLs of £9m and impairment allowance of £12m with a corresponding decrease in wholesale PCRLs and impairment allowance in 2011. These reclassifications (including comparatives) better reflect the way in which risk in these portfolios is managed.
 
 
  2
 Includes all forbearance accounts that are over 90 days+ and/or impaired.
 

 

 
Credit Risk
 
Retail and Wholesale Loans and Advances to Customers and Banks1 
    
 
 
As at 31.12.12
Gross
L&A
Impairment Allowance
L&A Net of Impairment
Credit
Risk Loans
CRLs % of Gross L&A
Loan Impairment Charges
Loan Loss Rates
 
£m
£m
£m
£m
%
£m
bps
Total retail
232,672 
4,635 
228,037 
8,821 
3.8 
2,075 
89 
               
Wholesale - customers
203,123 
5,000 
198,123 
9,693 
4.8 
1,507 
74 
Wholesale - banks
40,099 
41 
40,058 
51 
0.1 
(23)
(6)
Total wholesale
243,222 
5,041 
238,181 
9,744 
4.0 
1,484 
61 
               
Loans and advances at
475,894 
9,676 
466,218 
18,565 
3.9 
3,559 
75 
amortised cost
              
               
Traded loans
2,404 
n/a
2,404 
        
Loans and advances designated at fair value
21,996 
n/a
21,996 
        
Loans and advances held at fair value
24,400 
n/a
24,400 
        
               
Total loans and advances
500,294 
9,676 
490,618 
        
               
 
As at 31.12.11
              
Total retail
229,671 
5,386 
224,285 
10,410 
4.5 
2,477 
108 
               
Wholesale - customers
212,992 
5,166 
207,826 
10,898 
5.1 
1,307 
61 
Wholesale - banks
47,314 
45 
47,269 
34 
0.1 
6 
1 
Total wholesale
260,306 
5,211 
255,095 
10,932 
4.2 
1,313 
50 
     
- 
    
- 
  
Loans and advances at
489,977 
10,597 
479,380 
21,342 
4.4 
3,790 
77 
amortised cost
              
               
Traded loans
1,374 
n/a
1,374 
        
Loans and advances designated at fair value
21,960 
n/a
21,960 
        
Loans and advances held at fair value
23,334 
n/a
23,334 
        
               
Total loans and advances
513,311 
10,597 
502,714 
        
 
 
-
Loans and advances to customers and banks at amortised cost net of impairment decreased 3%, reflecting a £16.9bn reduction in the wholesale portfolios principally due to lower interbank and corporate lending in the Investment Bank
 
-
This was offset partially by a £3.7bn increase in the retail portfolios, driven by increased mortgage lending in UK RBB and unsecured lending in Barclaycard, offset by reductions in Europe and Africa
 
-
This overall contraction in lending, when combined with lower impairment charges on loans and advances, resulted in a lower annualised loan loss rate of 75bps (2011: 77bps)
 
-
Further detail can be found in the Retail and Wholesale Credit Risk sections on pages 61 and 68
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  1 
For December 2012 reporting UK RBB Medium Business lending (2011: £2,680m) and Barclaycard's Global Payment Acceptance, Global Commercial Payments and Business Cards portfolios (2011: £468m) have been reclassified from wholesale to retail. Wealth and Investment Management's Private Bank portfolio (2011: £14,627m) has been reclassified from retail to wholesale. These reclassifications (including comparatives) better reflect the way in which risk in these portfolios is managed.
 
 

 
 

 
Credit Risk
 
Retail Credit Risk
        
               
               
 
 
Retail Loans and Advances to Customers and Banks at Amortised Cost
    
 
 
As at 31.12.12
Gross L&A
Impairment Allowance
L&A Net of Impairment
Credit Risk Loans
CRLs % of Gross L&A
Loan Impairment Charges
Loan Loss  Rates
 
£m
£m
£m
£m
%
£m
bps
UK RBB1 
 129,682 
 1,369 
 128,313 
 2,883 
2.2 
 269 
 21 
Europe RBB
 41,035 
 714 
 40,321 
 1,901 
4.6 
 328 
 80 
Africa RBB
 23,987 
 700 
 23,287 
 1,790 
7.5 
 472 
 197 
Barclaycard2 
 34,694 
 1,757 
 32,937 
 2,121 
6.1 
 979 
 282 
Corporate Banking3 
 739 
 79 
 660 
 92 
12.4 
 27 
 365 
Wealth and Investment Management4
 2,535 
 16 
 2,519 
 34 
1.3 
 - 
 - 
Total
 232,672 
 4,635 
 228,037 
 8,821 
3.8 
 2,075 
 89 
               
As at 31.12.11
              
UK RBB1 
 123,055 
 1,686 
 121,369 
 3,299 
2.7 
 536 
 44 
Europe RBB 
 44,488 
 684 
 43,804 
 1,708 
3.8 
 241 
 54 
Africa RBB
 26,363 
 731 
 25,632 
 2,362 
9.0 
 386 
 146 
Barclaycard2 
 32,214 
 2,077 
 30,137 
 2,824 
8.8 
 1,259 
 391 
Corporate Banking3 
 1,453 
 188 
 1,265 
 182 
12.5 
 49 
 337 
Wealth and Investment Management4 
 2,098 
 20 
 2,078 
 35 
1.6 
 6 
 30 
Total
 229,671 
 5,386 
 224,285 
 10,410 
4.5 
 2,477 
 108 
 
 
-
Overall, gross loans and advances to customers and banks in the retail portfolios increased 1% during 2012 reflecting movements in:
 
 
-
UK RBB, where a 5% increase primarily reflected growth in home loans balances
 
 
-
Barclaycard, where an 8% increase primarily reflected business growth in the UK and the US and acquisition of portfolios in the US and South Africa
 
 
-
Africa RBB, where a 9% decrease principally reflected adverse currency movements
 
 
-
Europe RBB, where an 8% decrease was mainly due to credit tightening actions, active management to reduce funding mismatches and currency movements
 
 
-
Wealth and Investment Management, where a 21% increase mainly reflected growth in the Wealth International home loans portfolio
 
-
The loan impairment charge improved 16% mainly as a result of lower charges across UK RBB and Barclaycard businesses with the principal drivers being:
 
 
-
UK RBB, reflecting improvements across all portfolios, which also includes higher recoveries principally from refunds of PPI in Consumer Lending and release of provision due to the resolution of backlogs in litigation in home loans
 
 
-
Barclaycard, where lower provision resulted from improved delinquency, lower charge-offs and better recovery rates
 
Partially offset by:
 
 
-
Europe RBB, due to deterioration in credit performance reflecting current economic conditions across Europe. An incremental impairment charge was taken in Spain to reflect potential declines in house prices
 
 
-
Africa RBB, principally reflecting higher loss given default rates and higher levels of write-offs in the South African home loans recovery book
 
-
Lower overall impairment charges coupled with slightly higher loan balances led to a fall in the annualised loan loss rate to 89bps (2011: 108bps)
 
 
 
 
1     UKRBB's Medium Business portfolio (2011: £2,680m) has been reclassified from wholesale to retail as at December 2012.
 
2     Barclaycard business portfolios (2011: £468m) have been reclassified from wholesale to retail as at December 2012.
 
3     Corporate Banking primarily includes retail portfolios in UAE.
 
4     Wealth and Investment Management includes Wealth International portfolio. Private Bank lending (2011: £14,627m) has been reclassified from retail to wholesale as at December 2012.
 

 

 
Credit Risk
 
Analysis of Potential Credit Risk Loans and Coverage Ratios1 
            
 
 
 
CRLs
  
PPLs
  
PCRLs
 
 
As at 31 December
2012 
2011 
  
2012 
2011 
  
2012 
2011 
 
£m
£m
  
£m
£m
  
£m
£m
Home loans
3,397 
3,688 
  
262 
212 
  
3,659 
3,900 
Credit cards and unsecured lending
3,954 
4,890 
  
295 
301 
  
4,249 
5,191 
Other retail lending and business banking
1,470 
1,832 
  
99 
87 
  
1,569 
1,919 
Total retail
8,821 
10,410 
  
656 
600 
  
9,477 
11,010 
                 
 
 
 
Impairment allowance
  
CRL coverage
  
PCRL coverage
 
 
As at 31 December
2012 
2011 
  
2012 
2011 
  
2012 
2011 
 
£m
£m
  
%
%
  
%
%
Home loans
849 
892 
  
25.0 
24.2 
  
23.2 
22.9 
Credit cards and unsecured lending
3,212 
3,777 
  
81.2 
77.2 
  
75.6 
72.8 
Other retail lending and business banking
574 
717 
  
39.0 
39.1 
  
36.6 
37.3 
Total retail
4,635 
5,386 
  
52.5 
51.7 
  
48.9 
48.9 
 
 
Potential Credit Risk Loans and Coverage Ratios by Business1 
        
 
 
 
CRLs
  
PPLs
  
PCRLs
 
 
As at 31 December
2012 
2011 
  
2012 
2011 
  
2012 
2011 
 
£m
£m
  
£m
£m
  
£m
£m
UK RBB
2,883 
3,299
  
283 
222 
  
3,166 
3,521 
Europe RBB
1,901 
1,708
  
113 
99 
  
2,014 
1,807 
Africa RBB
1,790 
2,362 
  
61 
61 
  
1,851 
2,423 
Barclaycard
2,121 
2,824 
  
193 
204 
  
2,314 
3,028 
Corporate Banking
92 
182 
  
5 
11 
  
97 
193 
Wealth and Investment Management
34 
35 
  
1 
3 
  
35 
38 
Total retail
8,821 
10,410 
  
656 
600 
  
9,477 
11,010 
                 
 
 
 
Impairment allowance
  
CRL coverage
  
PCRL coverage
 
 
As at 31 December
2012 
2011 
  
2012 
2011 
  
2012 
2011 
 
£m
£m
  
%
%
  
%
%
UK RBB
1,369 
1,686 
  
47.5 
51.1 
  
43.2 
47.9 
Europe RBB
714 
684 
  
37.6 
40.0 
  
35.5 
37.8 
Africa RBB
700 
731 
  
39.1 
30.9 
  
37.8 
30.2 
Barclaycard
1,757 
2,077 
  
82.8 
73.5 
  
75.9 
68.6 
Corporate Banking
79 
188 
  
85.9 
103.1 
  
81.4 
97.3 
Wealth and Investment Management
16 
20 
  
47.1 
58.3 
  
45.7 
53.7 
Total retail
4,635 
5,386 
  
52.5 
51.7 
  
48.9 
48.9 
 
 
-
CRL balances in retail portfolios decreased 15%, primarily in:
 
 
-
Barclaycard, where reductions principally reflected favourable delinquency performance, reductions in recovery balances, following the change to the write off policy at the end of 2011, and increased debt sale activity
 
 
-
Africa RBB, where reductions were driven by a higher number of accounts being charged-off and written-off, particularly in South African home loans
 
 
-
UK RBB, where reductions reflected falling recovery balances across principal portfolios due to improved performance
 
 
-
This was partially offset by higher balances in Europe RBB principally in the Spanish and Italian home loans books
 
-
The CRL coverage ratio increased to 52.5% (2011: 51.7%)
 
-
PPL balances increased 9% principally due to increased home loans balances in UK RBB
 
-
The PCRL coverage ratio remained stable at 48.9% (2011: 48.9%)
 
 
 
 
 
  1
 For December 2012 reporting UK RBB Medium Business lending and Barclaycard's Global Payment Acceptance, Global Commercial Payments and Business Cards portfolios have been reclassified from wholesale to retail, whilst Wealth and Investment Management's Private Bank portfolio has been reclassified from retail to wholesale. This has resulted in a net increase in retail PCRLs of £9m and impairment allowance of £12m with corresponding decreases in wholesale PCRLs and impairment allowance in 2011. These reclassifications (including comparatives) better reflect the way in which risk in these portfolios is managed.

 

 
 
 
 
Credit Risk
Analysis of Retail Gross Loans & Advances to Customers and Banks1 
  
 
 
As at 31.12.12
Secured
Home
 Loans
Credit Cards,
Overdrafts and
Unsecured Loans
Other Secured
Retail Lending2 
Business Lending
Total Retail
 
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
UK RBB
 114,766 
 6,863 
 - 
 8,053 
129,682 
Europe RBB
 34,825 
 4,468 
 - 
 1,742 
41,035 
Africa RBB
 17,422 
 2,792 
 3,086 
 687 
23,987 
Barclaycard
 - 
 31,394 
 2,730 
 570 
34,694 
Corporate Banking
 274 
 336 
 117 
 12 
739 
Wealth and Investment Management
 2,267 
 63 
 205 
 - 
2,535 
Total
 169,554 
 45,916 
 6,138 
 11,064 
232,672 
           
As at 31.12.11
          
UK RBB
 107,775 
 7,351 
 - 
 7,929 
123,055 
Europe RBB
 37,099 
 4,994 
 - 
 2,395 
44,488 
Africa RBB
 19,691 
 2,715 
 3,405 
 552 
26,363 
Barclaycard
 - 
 28,557 
 3,181 
 476 
32,214 
Corporate Banking
 421 
 728 
 284 
 20 
1,453 
Wealth and Investment Management
 1,892 
 62 
 144 
 - 
2,098 
Total
 166,878 
 44,407 
 7,014 
 11,372 
229,671 
 
 
-
Secured home loans, credit cards, overdrafts and unsecured loans and business lending are analysed on pages 63, 65 and 66 respectively
 
Secured Home Loans
 
-
The principal home loan portfolios listed below account for 96% (2011: 96%) of total home loans in the Group's retail portfolios
 
-
Total home loans to retail customers increased marginally
 
 
 
Home Loans Principal Portfolios3 
      
As at 31.12.12
Gross Loans and Advances
> 90 Day
Arrears
Gross
Charge-off
Rates
Recoveries
Proportion of
Outstanding Balances
Recoveries
Impairment
Coverage Ratio
 
£m
%
%
%
%
UK
114,766 
0.3 
0.6 
0.5 
13.4 
South Africa
15,773 
1.6 
3.9 
6.9 
34.6 
Spain
13,551 
0.7 
1.1 
1.9 
34.0 
Italy
15,529 
1.0 
0.8 
1.8 
25.4 
Portugal
3,710 
0.7 
1.4 
2.8 
25.6 
           
As at 31.12.11
          
UK
107,775 
0.3 
0.6 
0.6 
15.3 
South Africa
17,585 
3.2 
3.7 
6.9 
19.4 
Spain
14,918 
0.5 
0.6 
1.6 
32.5 
Italy
15,935 
1.0 
0.5 
1.3 
29.3 
Portugal
3,891 
0.6 
1.1 
2.0 
15.0 
 
 
 
 
 
  1
 For December 2012 reporting UK RBB Medium Business lending (2011: £2,680m) and Barclaycard's Global Payment Acceptance, Global Commercial Payments and Business Cards portfolios (2011: £468m) have been reclassified from wholesale to retail. Wealth and Investment Management's Private Bank portfolio (2011: £14,627m) has been reclassified from retail to wholesale. These reclassifications (including comparatives) better reflect the way in which risk in these portfolios is managed.
 
 
  2
 Other secured retail lending includes Vehicle Auto Finance in Africa RBB and UK Secured Lending in Barclaycard.
 
 
  3
 Excluded from the above analysis are: Wealth International home loans, which are managed on an individual customer exposure basis, France home loans and other small home loans portfolios.
 

 

 
Credit Risk
 
-
Arrears rates remained steady in the UK as targeted balance growth and improved customer affordability continued to be supported by the low base rate environment. The recoveries impairment coverage ratio decreased mainly because of a release of provision due to the resolution of backlogs in litigation
 
-
In the UK, owner-occupied interest only balances of £38,069m (2011: £39,150m) represented 33% of total stock. Buy to let home loans comprised 7% of the total stock (2011: 6%)
 
-
Arrears rates for South Africa home loans significantly decreased reflecting improvements in portfolio performance. Increased focus on reducing the recoveries portfolio during 2012 resulted in higher write-offs. Coverage ratio on Recoveries increased due to a higher mix of insolvent accounts in this portfolio. These accounts result in higher losses due to increased legal costs and longer time to foreclose. Credit performance of home loans in Europe continued to worsen as economic conditions deteriorated further. In Spain home loans, the recoveries impairment coverage ratio increased mainly due to incremental impairment taken to reflect potential declines in house prices
 
 
 
Home Loans - Distribution of Balances by LTV (Updated Valuations)1,2
        
                     
                     
 
 
 
UK
South Africa
Spain 
Italy 
Portugal4
 
 
 
2012 
2011 
2012 
2011 
2012 
2011 
2012 
2011 
2012 
2011 
As at 31 December
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
<=75%
76.1 
77.6 
62.8 
58.8 
64.2 
72.1 
74.3 
70.7 
40.3 
49.0 
>75% and <=80%
9.2 
7.5 
9.0 
8.7 
6.5 
6.6 
16.0 
16.8 
8.3 
11.4 
>80% and <=85%
5.4 
5.3 
8.2 
8.3 
6.1 
5.7 
5.5 
10.2 
10.6 
13.7 
>85% and <=90%
3.3 
3.6 
6.4 
7.2 
5.5 
4.0 
1.4 
1.3 
11.1 
9.4 
>90% and <=95%
2.2 
2.4 
4.0 
5.3 
4.4 
2.6 
0.9 
0.5 
10.2 
8.8 
>95% and <=100%
1.4 
1.5 
2.8 
3.3 
3.3 
1.9 
0.6 
0.2 
7.6 
4.6 
>100%
2.4 
2.1 
6.8 
8.4 
10.0 
7.1 
1.3 
0.3 
11.9 
3.1 
                     
Marked to market LTV %3
45.5 
44.3 
44.2 
45.2 
64.6 
60.1 
46.7 
46.9 
77.6 
69.6 
 
 
-
Credit quality of the principal home loan portfolios reflected relatively conservative levels of high LTV lending and moderate LTV on existing portfolios
 
-
During 2012, using current valuations, the average LTV of principal home loans portfolios remained broadly stable in UK, South Africa and Italy. However, it increased in Spain and Portugal as a result of continued decline in house prices
 
 
 
Home Loans - New Lending1,2 
                
                       
                       
 
 
 
   
UK 
South Africa
Spain
Italy 
Portugal
As at 31 December
  
2012 
2011 
2012 
2011 
2012 
2011 
2012 
2011 
2012 
2011 
New home loans (£m)
  
 18,170 
 17,202 
 1,186 
 1,381 
 284 
 502 
 848 
 3,719 
 83 
 495 
                       
Average LTV %
  
56.4 
54.0 
64.7 
61.2 
62.8 
61.3 
55.4 
59.6 
60.8 
67.7 
New home loans proportion above 85% LTV
  
3.5 
0.8 
36.8 
29.9 
4.1 
1.3 
- 
- 
4.9 
5.5 
 
 
-
New lending in principal home loan portfolios listed above decreased 12% to £20,571m (2011: £23,298m)
 
-
The increase in average LTV for new home loans business to 56.4% (2011: 54.0%) in the UK was driven by the launch of a 90% LTV product, on a limited basis. The volume in this segment is constrained by tight credit criteria and risk limits, as evidenced by the moderate increase of new home loans proportion above 85%
 
 
 
 
 
 
  1
 Excluded from the above analysis are: Wealth International home loans, which are managed on an individual customer exposure basis, France home loans and other small home loans portfolios.
 
  2
 UK, South Africa and Italy marked to market methodology is based on valuation weighted approach. Valuation weighted LTV is the ratio between total outstanding balance and the value of total collateral held against these balances. Spain and Portugal marked to market methodology is based on balance weighted approach. Balance weighted LTV approach is derived by calculating individual LTVs at account level and weighting it by the individual loan balances to arrive at the average position. This is in line with local reporting practice.
 
  3
Portfolio marked to market based on the most updated valuation and includes recoveries balances. Updated valuations reflect the application of the latest house price index available in the country as at 31 December 2012 to calculate the average MTM portfolio LTV as at 31 December 2012.
 
  4
In Portugal, the increase in average MTM LTVs and in the LTV distribution are due to the application of more detailed house price valuations since June 2012.
 

 

 
Credit Risk
 
-
In South Africa, average LTV on new home loans increased due to an expansion in the origination channel strategy, which resulted in an increase in new business flow in the second half of 2012
 
-
In 2012, new lending was significantly reduced in Europe home loans through credit policy tightening. Average LTV on new home loans in Spain increased moderately. Whilst proportion of new home loans above 85% LTV increased from 1.3% to 4.1%, balances remained within expectation on an absolute basis
 
 
Credit Cards, Overdrafts and Unsecured Loans
 
-
The principal portfolios listed below account for 87% (2011: 85%) of total credit cards, overdrafts and unsecured Loans in the Group's retail portfolios
 
 
 
Principal Portfolios
As at 31.12.12
Gross Loans and Advances
30 Day
Arrears
90 Day
Arrears
Gross
Charge-off
Rates
Recoveries
Proportion of
Outstanding Balances
Recoveries Impairment Coverage Ratio
 
£m
%
%
%
%
%
UK cards1 
15,434 
2.5 
1.1 
4.9 
6.2 
80.4 
US cards 2
9,296 
2.4 
1.1 
5.0 
2.3 
90.7 
UK personal loans
4,861 
3.0 
1.3 
5.1 
17.4 
78.9 
South Africa cards3 
2,511 
5.2 
2.8 
4.2 
5.2 
70.9 
Barclays Partner Finance
2,323 
1.9 
1.0 
3.9 
4.8 
78.1 
Europe RBB cards
1,604 
6.2 
2.9 
9.2 
12.7 
95.5 
UK overdrafts
1,382 
5.3 
3.5 
8.2 
14.6 
92.7 
Italy salary advance loans4
1,354 
2.3 
0.9 
8.4 
9.4 
12.5 
South Africa personal loans
1,061 
5.6 
3.1 
8.5 
7.6 
72.3 
             
As at 31.12.11
            
UK cards1 
14,692 
2.7 
1.2 
6.2 
6.8 
85.2 
US cards 2
8,303 
3.1 
1.5 
7.6 
3.5 
92.1 
UK personal loans
5,166 
3.4 
1.7 
6.5 
19.0 
82.8 
South Africa cards3
1,816 
5.1 
3.0 
5.6 
6.4 
72.9 
Barclays Partner Finance
2,122 
2.4 
1.3 
4.6 
6.3 
84.8 
Europe RBB cards
1,684 
5.9 
2.6 
10.1 
13.8 
89.5 
UK overdrafts
1,322 
6.0 
3.9 
9.7 
17.5 
90.6 
Italy salary advance loans4 
1,629 
2.6 
1.3 
6.3 
6.6 
11.7 
South Africa personal loans
1,164 
6.4 
3.9 
8.3 
6.9 
72.4 
 
 
-  
Total credit cards, overdrafts and unsecured loans remained broadly stable with the increase in card and overdraft portfolios being offset by decreases in unsecured loans portfolios
 
-  
With the exception of Europe RBB cards, 90 day arrears rates have remained broadly stable or improved slightly reflecting a move towards better asset quality and improved delinquency performance
 
-  
Arrears rates in the European Cards portfolios deteriorated marginally in the same period, reflecting the difficult economic environment. Arrears rates were broadly stable in South Africa card portfolios and performance remained within expectations
 
-  
The reduction in the coverage ratio on the main UK and US portfolios reflects active management of recovery assets, the change in write off policy at the end of 2011 and increased debt sale activity
 
 
 
 
  1
 UK cards includes the acquired Egg credit card assets, which totalled £1.7bn at acquisition. The outstanding acquired balances have been excluded from the recoveries impairment coverage ratio on the basis that the portfolio has been recognised on acquisition at fair value during 2011 (with no related impairment allowance). Impairment allowances have been recognised as appropriate where these relate to the period post acquisition.
 
 
  2
US cards risk metrics exclude the impact of U-promise in 2011.
 
 
  3
 South Africa cards risk metrics exclude the Edcon portfolio which was acquired in November 2012. In addition, these metrics now include Woolworth Financial Services portfolios.
 
  4 
 The recoveries impairment coverage ratio for Italy salary advance loans is lower than other unsecured portfolios as these loans are extended to customers where the repayment is made via a salary deduction at source by qualifying employers and Barclays is insured in the event of termination of employment or death. Recoveries represent balances where insurance claims are pending that we believe are largely recoverable, hence the lower coverage.

 

 
Credit Risk
 
Business Lending
 
-  
Business lending primarily relates to small and medium enterprises typically with exposures up to £3m or with a turnover up to £5m
 
-  
The principal portfolios listed below account for 88% of total Business Lending Loans in the Group's retail portfolios
 
 
 
Principal Portfolios
                  
   
Arrears Managed1 
  
Early Warning List Managed2 
        
                     
 
 
As at 31.12.12
Gross
 Loans and Advances
Drawn balances
Of which Arrears balances
  
Drawn balances
Of which Early Warning List Balances
Loan Loss Rates
Gross Charge-off Rates
Recoveries Proportion of Outstanding Balances
Recoveries Coverage Ratio
 
£m
£m
%
  
£m
%
bps
%
%
%
UK
8,053 
713 
6.0 
  
7,122 
9.2 
140 
2.5 
4.3 
34.9 
Spain
1,095 
95 
11.3 
  
993 
60.4 
210 
3.8 
6.6 
45.0 
Portugal
596 
185 
6.4 
  
393 
17.8 
503 
5.7 
6.7 
65.9 
 
 
 
-
UK business lending gross loans and advances increased 2% to £8,053m (2011: £7,929m). Loan loss rates improved to 140bps (2011: 213 bps) whilst a broadly stable credit policy has been maintained
 
 
-
Business lending gross loans and advances in Europe reduced 27% in 2012 to £1,742m (2011: £2,395m) primarily due to the tightening of credit policy, reducing new business volumes and currency movements
 
 
-
Spain gross loans and advances reduced 31% to £1,095m (2011: £1,576m). Loan loss rates increased to 210bps (2011: 115bps) reflecting both increasing arrears in the difficult macro environment and the reducing balances. Early Warning List (EWL) balances reflect the close monitoring of the portfolio, with over 75% of EWL balances not in arrears
 
 
-
Portugal gross loans and advances reduced 21% to £596m (2011: £758m). Loan loss rates increased to 503bps (2011: 238bps) reflecting both increasing arrears in the difficult macro environment and reducing balances
 
 
Retail Forbearance Programmes
 
Forbearance Programmes on Principal Credit Cards, Overdrafts, Unsecured Loan, Home Loans and Business Lending Portfolios
 
 
-
Retail forbearance is available to customers experiencing financial difficulties. Forbearance solutions may take a number of forms depending on the extent of the financial dislocation. Short term solutions normally focus on temporary reductions to contractual payments and switches from capital and interest payments to interest only. For customers with longer term financial difficulties, term extensions may be offered, which may also include interest rate concessions and fully amortising balances for card portfolios
 
 
-
Forbearance on the Group's principal portfolios in the US, UK and Europe is presented below
 
 
-
In South Africa, forbearance balances are not published as local practices are in the process of being aligned to the Barclays Group policy. In other retail portfolios, the level of forbearance extended to customers is not material and, typically, is not a significant factor in the management of customer relationships
 
 
 
 
  1
 Arrears Managed accounts are principally customers with an exposure threshold less than £50k in the UK and €100k in Europe, with processes designed to manage a homogeneous set of assets. Arrears Balances reflects the total balances of accounts which are past due on payments.
 
 
  2 
 Early Warning List Managed accounts are customers that exceed the Arrears Managed threshold, with processes that record heightened levels of risk through an Early Warning List grading. Early Warning List balances comprise of a list of three categories graded in line with the perceived severity of the risk attached to the lending, and can include customers that are up to date with contractual payments or subject to forbearance as appropriate.  
 

 

 
Credit Risk
 
 
 
Principal Portfolios
Gross L&A Subject to Forbearance Programmes
Forbearance Programmes Proportion of Outstanding Balances
Impairment Coverage on Gross L&A Subject
to Forbearance Programmes
Marked to Market LTV of Home Loan Forbearance Balances
As at 31.12.12
£m
%
%
%
Home Loans
        
UK
1,596 
1.4 
0.8 
36.6 
Spain
174 
1.3 
5.8 
68.9 
Italy
217 
1.4 
2.9 
49.1 
         
Credit Cards, Overdrafts and Unsecured Loans
        
UK cards1,2 
991 
6.3 
37.8 
n/a
UK personal loans
168 
3.4 
29.0 
n/a
US cards3
116 
1.3 
15.0 
n/a
         
Business Lending4 
        
UK
203 
2.5 
15.4 
n/a
         
As at 31.12.11
        
Home Loans
        
UK
1,613 
 1.5 
 0.8 
 31.6 
Spain
145 
 1.0 
 3.7 
 67.4 
Italy
171 
 1.1 
 2.6 
 46.5 
         
Credit Cards, Overdrafts and Unsecured Loans
        
UK cards1,2
989 
 6.5 
 38.2 
n/a
UK personal loans
201 
 3.8 
 29.5 
n/a
US cards3
125 
 1.7 
 19.7 
n/a
 
 
-
Loans in forbearance in the principal home loans portfolios increased 3% to £1,987m, mainly due to an increase in Spain and Italy home loans
 
 
-
Within UK home loans, term extensions account for over 80% of forbearance balances, the majority of the remainder being switches from 'capital and interest' to 'interest only'
 
 
-
In Spain, forbearance accounts are predominantly full account restructures, In Italy, the majority of the balances relate to specific schemes required by the Government (e.g. debt relief scheme following the earthquake of 2009) and amendments are weighted towards payment holidays and interest suspensions
 
-
Loans in forbearance in principal Credit Cards, Overdrafts and Unsecured Loans portfolios decreased 3% to £1,275m. Forbearance programmes as a proportion of outstanding balances reduced slightly in UK and US cards and these coverage ratios reflect improved repayment behaviours
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1     Impairment allowances against UK cards forbearance decreased, reflecting improved expectations on debt repayment. As a result, the impairment coverage ratio decreased during 2012. UK cards includes Barclays Branded Card and Partnership Card assets.
 
 
2     UK cards includes balances related to the acquired Egg credit card assets, which totalled £1.7bn at acquisition. The outstanding acquired balances have been excluded from the forbearance impairment coverage ratio on the basis that the portfolio has been recognised on acquisition at fair value during 2011 (with no related impairment allowance). Impairment allowances have been recognised as appropriate where these relate to the period of post acquisition.
 
 
3     US cards includes the U-promise portfolio in 2012. The outstanding acquired balances have been excluded from the forbearance impairment coverage ratio on the basis that the portfolio has been recognised on acquisition at fair value during 2011.
 
 
4     Forbearance policies for Business Lending were implemented in 2012. Comparable figures for previous periods are not available.
 

 

 
Credit Risk
 
Wholesale Credit Risk
        
               
Wholesale Loans and Advances to Customers and Banks at Amortised Cost1,2
    
               
 
 
As at 31.12.12
Gross
L&A
Impairment Allowance
L&A Net of Impairment
Credit
Risk Loans
CRLs % of Gross L&A
Loan Impairment Charges
Loan Loss Rates
 
£m
£m
£m
£m
%
£m
bps
Africa RBB
 9,246 
 323 
 8,923 
772 
8.3 
 174 
 188 
Investment Bank3 
 147,439 
 2,463 
 144,976 
4,209 
2.9 
 448 
 30 
Corporate Banking
 65,835 
 2,098 
 63,737 
4,141 
6.3 
 824 
 125 
- UK
 52,667 
 428 
 52,239 
 1,381 
2.6 
 279 
 53 
- Europe
 8,122 
 1,536 
 6,586 
 2,607 
32.1 
 527 
 649 
- Rest of World
 5,046 
 134 
 4,912 
 153 
3.0 
 18 
 36 
Wealth and Investment Management4 
 19,236 
 141 
 19,095 
603 
3.1 
 38 
 20 
Head Office and Other Functions
 1,466 
 16 
 1,450 
19 
1.3 
 - 
 - 
Total
 243,222 
 5,041 
 238,181 
9,744 
4.0 
 1,484 
 61 
               
As at 31.12.11
              
Africa RBB
 9,729 
 294 
 9,435 
720 
7.4 
 80 
 82 
Investment Bank3 
 161,194 
 2,555 
 158,639 
5,253 
3.3 
 129 
 8 
Corporate Banking
 70,268 
 2,235 
 68,033 
4,312 
6.1 
 1,071 
 152 
- UK
 52,772 
 545 
 52,227 
 1,267 
2.4 
 345 
 65 
- Europe
 12,899 
 1,574 
 11,325 
 2,876 
22.3 
 699 
 542 
- Rest of World
 4,597 
 116 
 4,481 
 169 
3.7 
 27 
 59 
Wealth and Investment Management4 
 17,157 
 110 
 17,047 
611 
3.6 
 35 
 20 
Head Office and Other Functions
1,958 
17 
1,941 
36 
1.8 
(2)
(10)
Total
 260,306 
 5,211 
 255,095 
10,932 
4.2 
 1,313 
 50 
 
 
-
Gross loans and advances to customers and banks decreased 7% principally as a result of a fall of 9% in the Investment Bank mainly due to a reduction in interbank and other wholesale lending. For more detail, see analysis of Investment Bank wholesale loans and advances on page 70
 
 
-
There was also a 6% decrease in balances in Corporate Banking primarily in Europe due to the disposal of the Iveco Finance business and a reduction in Spanish exposures
 
 
- The loan impairment charge increased 13% principally due to higher charges in:
 
 
 
-
Investment Bank, mainly due to charges in ABS CDO Super Senior positions and losses on a small number of single name exposures. In addition, there was a non-recurring release of £223m in 2011 
 
 
 
-
Africa RBB, principally due to the impact of one large name in the commercial property portfolio in South Africa
 
 
- This was partially offset by lower loan impairment charges in Corporate Banking, principally in Spain where there are ongoing initiatives to reduce exposure within the property and construction sector
 
 
- The higher impairment charge coupled with the lower loan balances resulted in an annualised loan loss rate of 61bps (2011: 50bps)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1     Loans and advances to business customers in Europe RBB are included in the Retail Loans and Advances to Customers at Amortised Cost table on page 61.
 
 
2     For December 2012 reporting UK RBB Medium Business lending (2011: £2,680m) and Barclaycard's Global Payment Acceptance, Global Commercial Payments and Business Cards portfolios (2011: £468m) have
       been reclassified from wholesale to retail. These reclassifications (including comparatives) better reflect the way in which risk in these portfolios is managed.
 
 
3     Investment Bank gross loans and advances include cash collateral and settlement balances of £85,116m as at 31 December 2012 and £75,707m as at 31 December 2011. Excluding these balances, CRLs as a proportion
       of gross loans and advances were 6.8% and 6.1% respectively.
 
 
4     Wealth and Investment Management Private Bank lending (2011: £14,627m) has been reclassified from retail to wholesale as at December 2012.
 

 

 
Credit Risk
 
Potential Credit Risk Loans and Coverage Ratios1 
              
 
CRLs2 
  
PPLs
  
PCRLs
As at 31 December
2012 
2011 
  
2012 
2011 
  
2012 
2011 
 
£m
£m
  
£m
£m
  
£m
£m
Africa RBB
772 
720 
  
84 
132 
  
856 
852 
Investment Bank
4,209 
5,253 
  
327 
445 
  
4,536 
5,698 
Corporate Banking
4,141 
4,312 
  
617 
756 
  
4,758 
5,068 
Wealth and Investment Management
603 
611 
  
74 
39 
  
677 
650 
Head Office and Other Functions
19 
36 
  
-
-
  
19 
36 
Total wholesale
9,744 
10,932 
  
1,102 
1,372 
  
10,846 
12,304 
                 
 
Impairment allowance
  
CRL coverage
  
PCRL coverage
As at 31 December
2012 
2011 
  
2012 
2011 
  
2012 
2011 
 
£m
£m
  
%
%
  
%
%
Africa RBB
323 
294 
  
41.8 
40.8 
  
37.7 
34.5 
Investment Bank
2,463 
2,555 
  
58.5 
48.6 
  
54.3 
44.8 
Corporate Banking
2,098 
2,235 
  
50.7 
51.8 
  
44.1 
44.1 
Wealth and Investment Management
141 
110 
  
23.4 
18.0 
  
20.8 
16.9 
Head Office and Other Functions
16 
17 
  
84.2 
47.2 
  
84.2 
47.2 
Total wholesale
5,041 
5,211 
  
51.7 
47.7 
  
46.5 
42.4 
 
 
-
CRL balances decreased 11% primarily due to:
 
 
-
Investment Banking, where lower balances principally reflected asset sales and paydowns
 
 
-
Corporate Banking, where the lower balances principally reflected the disposal of the Iveco Finance business in Europe
 
-
The CRL coverage ratio increased to 51.7% (2011: 47.7%)
 
-
PPL balances decreased 20% principally due to reduced balances in the UK and Europe in Corporate Banking and Investment Bank
 
-
The PCRL coverage ratio increased to 46.5% (2011: 42.4%) 
 
 
 
 
  1
 For December 2012 reporting UK RBB Medium Business lending and Barclaycard's Global Payment Acceptance, Global Commercial Payments and Business Cards portfolios have been reclassified from wholesale to retail, whilst Wealth and Investment Management's Private Bank portfolio has been reclassified from retail to wholesale. This has resulted in a net increase of retail PCRLs of £9m and impairment allowance of £12m with corresponding decreases in wholesale PCRLs and impairment allowance in 2011. These reclassifications (including comparatives) better reflect the way in which risk in these portfolios is managed.
 
 
  2
Includes all forbearance accounts that are 90 days+ and/or impaired.
 

 

 
 
 
Credit Risk
Analysis of Investment Bank Wholesale Loans and Advances at Amortised Cost
    
 
 
As at 31.12.12
Gross
L&A
Impairment Allowance
L&A Net of Impairment
Credit Risk Loans
CRLs % of Gross L&A
Loan Impairment Charges
Loan Loss Rates
 
£m
£m
£m
£m
%
£m
bps
Loans and advances to banks
              
Interbank lending
13,737 
41 
13,696 
51 
0.4 
41 
30 
Cash collateral and settlement balances
23,350 
- 
23,350 
- 
- 
- 
- 
Loans and advances to customers
              
Corporate lending
29,468 
285
29,183 
519 
1.8 
160 
54 
Government lending
1,369 
- 
1,369 
- 
- 
- 
- 
ABS CDO Super Senior
3,099 
1,712 
1,387 
3,099 
100.0 
232 
748 
Other wholesale lending
14,650 
425 
14,225 
540 
3.7 
15 
10 
Cash collateral and settlement balances
61,766 
- 
61,766 
- 
- 
- 
- 
Total
147,439 
2,463 
144,976 
4,209 
2.9 
448 
30 
               
As at 31.12.11
              
Loans and advances to banks
              
Interbank lending
19,655 
45 
19,610 
34 
0.2 
(5)
(3)
Cash collateral and settlement balances
23,066 
- 
23,066 
- 
- 
- 
- 
Loans and advances to customers
              
Corporate lending
38,326 
730 
37,596 
1,515 
4.0 
194 
51 
Government lending
3,276 
- 
3,276 
- 
- 
- 
- 
ABS CDO Super Senior
3,390 
1,548 
1,842 
3,390 
100.0 
6 
18 
Other wholesale lending
20,840 
232 
20,608 
314 
1.5 
(66)
(32)
Cash collateral and settlement balances
52,641 
- 
52,641 
- 
- 
- 
- 
Total
161,194 
2,555 
158,639 
5,253 
3.3 
129 
8 
 
 
-
Investment Bank wholesale loans and advances decreased 9% to £147,439m driven by a reduction in corporate interbank and other wholesale lending offset by higher settlement balances
 
 
-
Included within corporate lending and other wholesale lending portfolios are £1,336m (2011: £3,204m) of loans backed by retail mortgage collateral classified within financial institutions
 
 
 
 

 

 
Credit Risk
 
Wholesale Forbearance
 
-
Wholesale client relationships are individually managed with lending decisions made with reference to specific circumstances and on bespoke terms
 
 
-
Forbearance occurs when Barclays, for reasons relating to the actual or perceived financial difficulty of an obligor, grants a concession below current Barclays standard rates (i.e. lending criteria below our current lending terms), that would not normally be considered. This includes all troubled debt restructures granted below our standard rates
 
 
 
Wholesale Forbearance Reporting split by Exposure Class
 
 
As at 31.12.12
Sovereign
Financial Institutions
Corporate
Personal & Trusts
Total
 
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
Restructure: reduced contractual cashflows
 4 
 16 
 405 
 - 
 425 
Restructure: maturity date extension
 5 
 107 
 1,412 
 33 
 1,557 
Restructure: changed cashflow profile (other than extension)
 5 
 46 
 876 
 26 
 953 
Restructure: payment other than cash
 - 
 - 
 71 
 1 
 72 
Change in security
 - 
 - 
 76 
 8 
 84 
Adjustments/ non enforced covenant
 10 
 7 
 626 
 128 
 771 
Other
 - 
 - 
 318 
 74 
 392 
Total
 24 
 176 
 3,784 
 270 
 4,254 
 
 
           
 
 
Wholesale Forbearance Reporting split by Business Unit
        
 
 
As at 31.12.12
Corporate Banking
Investment Bank
Wealth & Investment Management
Africa RBB
Total
 
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
Restructure: reduced contractual cashflows
 258 
 138 
 - 
 29 
 425 
Restructure: maturity date extension
 952 
 408 
 112 
 85 
 1,557 
Restructure: changed cashflow profile (other than extension)
 624 
 152 
 70 
 107 
 953 
Restructure: payment other than cash
 64 
 7 
 1 
 - 
 72 
Change in security
 45 
 26 
 12 
 1 
 84 
Adjustments/ non enforced covenant
 377 
 115 
 277 
 2 
 771 
Other
 162 
 - 
 211 
 19 
 392 
Total
 2,482 
 846 
 683 
 243 
 4,254 
 
 
-
The tables above detail balance information for wholesale forbearance cases. Comparable figures for previous reporting periods are not available
 
 
-
Loan impairment on forbearance cases amounted to £1,149m at 31 December 2012, which represented 27% of total forbearance balances
 
 
-
At 31 December 2012, maturity date extension accounted for the largest proportion of forbearance recognised, followed by changes to cashflow profile other than maturity extension, adjustments to or non-enforcement of covenants, and reduction of contractual cashflows
 
 
-
Corporate borrowers accounted for 89% of balances and 95% of impairment booked to forbearance exposures at 31 December 2012, with impairment representing 29% of forbearance balances
 
 
-
Corporate Banking accounted for the single largest proportion of overall Group forbearance, with forbearance exposures concentrated in Western Europe and particularly Spain, which accounted for 29% of total Group forbearance balances and 45% of total impairment booked to forbearance exposures at 31 December 2012
 
 
UK Commercial Real Estate (UK CRE)
 
 
-
The UK CRE portfolio includes Property Investment, Development, Trading and Housebuilders but excludes Social Housing Contractors
 
 
-  
Total loans and advances at amortised cost to UK CRE amounted to £9,676m1 at 31 December 2012 (2011: £9,519m), with a total of £295m (3.0% of the total) being past due (2011: £366m; 3.8%). Impairment stock totalled £80m at 31 December 2012 (2011: £78m)
 
 
-  
The impairment charge for 2012 for the UK CRE portfolio was £49m (2011: £40m) with the increase primarily due to increased impairment in UK Corporate Banking
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1        An additional £270m (2011: £321m) of UK CRE exposure is held at fair value.
 

 

 
Credit Risk
 
Group Exposures to Eurozone Countries
 
 
-  
The Group recognises the credit and market risk resulting from the ongoing volatility in the Eurozone and continues to monitor events closely while taking coordinated steps to mitigate the risks associated with the challenging economic environment
 
 
-
Risks associated with a potential partial break-up of the Euro area include:
 
 
 
-
Direct risk arising from sovereign default of an exiting country and the impact on the economy of, and the Group's counterparties in, that country
 
 
 
-
Indirect risk arising from the subsequent impact on the economy of, and the Group's counterparties in, other Eurozone countries
 
 
 
-
Indirect risk arising from credit derivatives that reference Eurozone sovereign debt (see page 81)
 
 
 
-
Direct redenomination risk on the potential mismatch in the currency of the assets and liabilities on balance sheets of the Group's local operations in countries in the Eurozone (see page 81)
 
 
-
The Group has performed and continues to perform stress tests to model the event of a break-up of the Eurozone area.  Contingency planning has also been undertaken based on a series of potential scenarios that might arise from an escalation in the crisis. Multiple tests have been run to establish the impact on customers, systems, processes and staff in the event of the most plausible scenarios. Where issues have been identified, appropriate remedial actions have either been completed or are underway
 
 
-
During 2012 the Group's net on-balance sheet exposures to Spain, Italy, Portugal, Ireland, Cyprus and Greece reduced by 13% to £59.0bn
 
 
 
-
Exposure to retail customers and corporate clients reduced 12% to £48.1bn, largely reflecting reduced lending in Spain, Italy and Portugal as part of the active management to reduce redenomination risk
 
 
 
-
Sovereign exposure decreased 29% to £5.0bn principally due to a reduction in government bonds held as available for sale
 
 
Basis of Preparation
 
-  
These disclosures are prepared on the same basis as previous Results Announcements and present the direct balance sheet exposure to credit and market risk by country, with the totals reflecting allowance for impairment, netting and cash collateral held where appropriate
 
 
-
Trading and derivatives balances relate to investment banking activities, principally as market-maker for government bond positions. Positions are held at fair value, with daily movements taken through profit and loss
 
 
 
-
Trading assets and liabilities are presented by issuer type, whereby positions are netted to the extent allowable under IFRS. Where liability positions exceed asset positions by counterparty type, exposures are presented as nil
 
 
 
-
Derivative assets and liabilities are presented by counterparty type, whereby positions are netted to the extent allowable under IFRS. Cash collateral held is then added to give a net credit exposure. Where liability positions and collateral held exceed asset positions by counterparty type, exposures are presented as nil
 
 
 
-
Assets designated at fair value include debt and equity securities, loans and reverse repurchase agreements that have been designated at fair value
 
 
-
Available for sale assets are principally investments in government bonds and other debt securities. Balances are reported on a fair value basis, with movements in fair value going through other comprehensive income (OCI)
 
 
-
Loans and advances held at amortised cost1 comprise: (i) retail lending portfolios, predominantly mortgages secured on residential property; and (ii) corporate lending portfolios. Settlement balances and cash collateral are excluded from this analysis
 
 
-
Sovereign exposures reflect direct exposures to central and local governments2, the majority of which are used for hedging interest rate risk and liquidity purposes. The remaining portion is actively managed reflecting our role as a leading primary dealer, market maker and liquidity provider to our clients
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  1
 The Group also enters into reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending, which are materially fully collateralised.
 
 
  2
 In addition, the Group held cash with the central banks of these countries totalling £0.7bn as at 31 December 2012 (2011: £0.8bn). Other immaterial balances with central banks are classified within loans to financial institutions.
 

 

 
Credit Risk
 
 
-
Financial institution and corporate exposures reflect the country of operations of the counterparty or issuer depending on the asset class analysed (including foreign subsidiaries and without reference to cross-border guarantees)
 
 
-
Retail exposures reflect the country of residence for retail customers and country of operations for business banking customers
 
 
-
Off-balance sheet exposure consists primarily of undrawn commitments and guarantees issued to third parties on behalf of our corporate clients
 
 
Summary of Group Exposures
 
-
The following table shows Barclays exposure to Eurozone countries monitored internally as being higher risk and thus being the subject of particular management focus. Detailed analysis on these countries is on pages 75 to 80
 
 
-
Exposures on loans and advances to geographic regions including Europe as a whole are set out on pages 57 to 58
 
 
-
The net exposure provides the most appropriate measure of the credit risk to which the Group is exposed. The gross exposure is also presented below, alongside off-balance sheet contingent liabilities and commitments
 
 
Sovereign
Financial institutions
Corporate
Residential mortgages
Other retail
lending
Net on-balance sheet exposure
  
Gross on-balance sheet exposure
Contingent liabilities and commitments
 
As at 31.12.12
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
  
£m
£m
Spain
  
 1,690 
 1,488 
 4,135 
 13,305 
 2,428 
 23,046 
  
 31,956 
 3,301 
Italy
  
 2,669 
 528 
 1,962 
 15,591 
 1,936 
 22,686 
  
 32,990 
 3,082 
Portugal
  
 637 
 48 
 1,958 
 3,474 
 1,783 
 7,900 
  
 8,769 
 2,588 
Ireland
  
 11 
 3,768 
 1,127 
 112 
 83 
 5,101 
  
 10,251 
 1,644 
Cyprus
  
 8 
 - 
 106 
 44 
 26 
 184 
  
 300 
 131 
Greece
  
 1 
 - 
 61 
 8 
 9 
 79 
  
 1,262 
 5 
                     
As at 31.12.11
                  
Spain
  
 2,530 
 987 
 5,345 
 14,654 
 3,031 
 26,547 
  
 35,307 
 3,842 
Italy
  
 3,493 
 669 
 2,918 
 15,934 
 2,335 
 25,349 
  
 34,189 
 3,140 
Portugal
  
 810 
 51 
 3,295 
 3,651 
 2,053 
 9,860 
  
 10,747 
 2,536 
Ireland
  
 244 
 4,311 
 977 
 94 
 86 
 5,712 
  
 12,298 
 1,582 
Cyprus
  
 15 
 - 
 128 
 51 
 2 
 196 
  
 316 
 127 
Greece
  
 14 
 2 
 67 
 5 
 18 
 106 
  
 1,215 
 26 
 
 
- During 2012 the Group's sovereign exposure to Spain, Italy, Portugal, Ireland, Cyprus and Greece reduced by 29% to £5.0bn
 
 
-
Spanish sovereign exposure reduced 33% to £1.7bn due to the disposal of available for sale government bonds, held for the purpose of interest rate hedging and liquidity, which have been replaced by interest rate swaps with alternative counterparties
 
 
-
Italian sovereign exposure decreased 24% to £2.7bn principally due to a reduction in government bonds held as available for sale
 
-
Residential mortgage exposure reduced by 5% to £32.5bn, reflecting lower new originations across Spain, Italy and Portugal in line with Group strategy to reduce redenomination risk
 
-
Other retail lending reduced by 17% to £6.3bn driven primarily by reduced lending to business banking customers in Spain and Portugal as a result of the challenging economic conditions
 
-
Corporate exposure reduced 27% to £9.3bn, largely reflecting reduced lending in Spain, Italy and Portugal as part of the active management to reduce funding mismatch
 
-
Exposures to financial institutions fell marginally by 3% to £5.8bn, with reduced exposure in Ireland of £0.5bn and in Italy of £0.1bn offsetting an increase in Spain of £0.5bn
 
 
 

 

 
Credit Risk
 
 
-  
Barclays has exposures to other Eurozone countries as set out below. Total net on-balance sheet exposures to individual countries that are less than £1bn are reported in aggregate under Other
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sovereign
Financial institutions
Corporate
Residential mortgages
Other retail
lending
Net on-balance
sheet exposure
Gross on-balance sheet exposure
Contingent liabilities and commitments
 
As at 31.12.12
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
  
£m
£m
France
  
 3,746 
 5,345 
 3,905 
 2,607 
 121 
 15,724 
  
 58,970 
 7,712 
Germany
  
 277 
 4,454 
 4,945 
 27 
 1,734 
 11,437 
  
 62,016
 6,604 
Netherlands
  
 3,503 
 4,437 
 2,002 
 16 
 92 
 10,050 
  
 28,546 
 2,205 
Luxembourg
  
 13 
 1,481 
 704 
 151 
 49 
 2,398 
  
 6,366 
 812 
Belgium
  
 2,548 
 284 
 239 
 9 
 6 
 3,086 
  
 10,553 
 1,525 
Austria
  
 1,047 
 228 
 187 
 5 
 - 
 1,467 
  
 3,930 
 127 
Finland
  
 1,044 
 209 
 140 
 3 
 - 
 1,396 
  
 9,120 
 461 
Other
  
 210 
 9 
 24 
 26 
 41 
 310 
  
 649 
 25 
                     
As at 31.12.11
                  
France
  
 4,189 
 4,969 
 4,232 
 2,796 
 260 
 16,446 
  
 60,342 
 8,121 
Germany
  
 3,444 
 2,570 
 2,963 
 14 
 1,551 
 10,542 
  
 62,017 
 6,623 
Netherlands
  
 244 
 4,596 
 1,807 
 14 
 4 
 6,665 
  
 23,806 
 1,899 
Luxembourg1 
  
 - 
 1,842 
 809 
 103 
 85 
 2,839 
  
 6,499 
 765 
Belgium
  
 2,033 
 42 
 282 
 10 
 - 
 2,367 
  
 13,312 
 881 
Austria
  
 134 
 360 
 237 
 5 
 2 
 738 
  
 3,672 
 119 
Finland
  
 298 
 47 
 43 
 3 
 - 
 391 
  
 12,974 
 447 
Other
  
 202 
 3 
 35 
 32 
 43 
 315 
  
 634 
 49 
 
 
-
During 2012 the Group's net on-balance sheet exposures to other Eurozone countries increased by 14% to £45.9bn
 
 
-
Sovereign exposure increased 17% to £12.4bn principally due to an increase in government bonds held as available for sale in the Netherlands, Austria and Finland of £4.4bn, partially offset by a reduction in traded exposures to Germany of £3.0bn
 
 
-
Exposures to financial institutions and corporates increased 14% and 17%, to £16.4bn and £12.1bn respectively, reflecting increases in securities issued by German counterparties
 
 
 
 
1        Exposure to financial institutions has been restated to exclude exposures to supranational entities.
 
 

 
Credit Risk
 
Spain
                
Designated at FV through P&L
      
 
Trading Portfolio
  
Derivatives
Total
as at
31.12.12
  
Total
as at
31.12.11
Fair Value through
            
Cash
    
Profit and Loss
Assets
Liabilities
Net
  
Assets
Liabilities
Collateral
Net
  
 
£m
£m
£m
  
£m
£m  
£m
£m
£m
£m
  
£m
Sovereign
 905 
 (806)
 99 
  
 27 
 (27)
 - 
 - 
 - 
 99 
  
 - 
Financial institutions
 577 
 (117)
 460 
  
 7,648 
 (7,560)
 (88)
 - 
 291 
 751 
  
 221 
Corporate
 272 
 (106)
 166 
  
 489 
 (206)
 - 
 283 
 365 
 814 
  
 629 
                         
                       
Total
as at
31.12.11
         
Available for Sale Assets as at 31.12.12
  
   
Cost1 
AFS Reserve
  
Total
  
Fair Value through OCI
      
£m  
£m
  
£m
  
£m
Sovereign
        
 1,588 
  
 (26)
  
 1,562 
  
 2,468 
Financial institutions
        
 491 
  
 (11)
  
 480 
  
 490 
Corporate
          
 10 
  
 - 
  
 10 
  
 2 
                         
         
Loans and Advances as at 31.12.12
  
Total
               
Impairment
      
as at
     
Gross  
  
Allowances
  
Total
  
31.12.11
Held at Amortised Cost
      
£m  
  
£m
  
£m
  
£m
Sovereign
          
 29 
  
 - 
  
 29 
  
 62 
Financial institutions
        
 271 
  
 (14)
  
 257 
  
 276 
Residential mortgages
        
 13,424 
  
 (119)
  
 13,305 
  
 14,654 
Corporate
          
 4,371 
  
 (1,060)
  
 3,311 
  
 4,714 
Other retail lending
        
 2,564 
  
 (136)
  
 2,428 
  
 3,031 
                         
                   
Total
as at
31.12.12
  
Total
as at
31.12.11
               
                     
Contingent Liabilities and Commitments
              
£m
  
£m
Sovereign
                  
 - 
  
 188 
Financial institutions
                
 88 
  
 22 
Residential mortgages
                
 12 
  
 20 
Corporate
                  
 1,938 
  
 2,510 
Other retail lending
                
 1,263 
  
 1,102 
 
-
Sovereign
 
 
-
£1,562m (2011: £2,468m) AFS holdings in government bonds. No impairment and £26m (2011: £51m) cumulative fair value loss held in AFS reserve
 
-
Financial institutions
 
 
-
£751m (2011: £221m) held at fair value through profit and loss, predominantly debt securities held by the Investment Bank to support trading and market making activities
 
 
-
£480m (2011: £490m) AFS assets with £11m (2011: £17m) cumulative loss held in AFS reserve
 
-
Residential mortgages
 
 
-
£13,305m (2011: £14,654m) fully secured on residential property with average balance weighted marked to market LTV of 64.6% (2011: 60.1%). The increase in LTV is reflected in the CRL coverage of 36% (2011: 28%)
 
 
-
90 day arrears rates have increased to 0.7% (2011: 0.5%) while gross charge off rates have increased to 1.1% (2011: 0.6%)
 
-
Corporate
 
-       
Net lending to corporates of £3,311m (2011: £4,714m) with CRLs of £1,887m (2011: £2,073), impairment allowance of £1,060m (2011: £1,187m) and CRL coverage of 56% (2011: 57%). Balances on early warning lists peaked in November 2010. Portfolio kept under close review and impairment recognised as appropriate
 
 
 
  1
'Cost' refers to the fair value of the asset at recognition, less any impairment booked. 'AFS Reserve' is the cumulative fair value gain or loss on the assets that is held in equity. 'Total' is the fair value of the assets at the balance sheet date.
 
 
 
 
Credit Risk
 
 
 
-
Net lending to property and construction industry of £1,188m (2011: £1,866m) largely secured on real estate collateral, with CRLs of £1,429m (2011: £1,664m), impairment allowance of £820m (2011: £810m) and CRL coverage of 57% (2011: 49%)
 
 
-
Corporate impairment in Spain was at its highest level during the first half of 2010 when commercial property declines were reflected earlier in the cycle
 
 
-
£359m (2011: £488m) lending to multinational and large national corporates, which continues to perform
 
 
-
Other retail lending
 
 
-
£1,052m (2011: £1,115m) credit cards and unsecured loans. 30 days and 90 days arrears rates and charge off rates in credit cards and unsecured loans were broadly stable in 2012
 
 
-
£1,045m (2011: £1,529m) lending to small and medium enterprises (SMEs), largely secured against residential or commercial property
 
 
 
 

 

 
Credit Risk
 
Italy
                
Designated at FV through P&L
      
 
Trading Portfolio
  
Derivatives
Total
as at
31.12.12
  
Total
as at
31.12.11
Fair Value through
            
Cash
    
Profit and Loss
Assets
Liabilities
Net
  
Assets
Liabilities
Collateral
Net
  
 
£m
£m
£m
  
£m
£m  
£m
£m
£m
£m
  
£m
Sovereign
 2,178 
 (2,178)
 - 
  
 1,702 
 (581)
 - 
 1,121 
 2 
 1,123 
  
 1,144 
Financial institutions
 271 
 (85)
 186 
  
 7,074
 (5,341)
 (1,733)
 - 
 166 
 352 
  
 456 
Corporate
 282 
 (116)
 166 
  
 477 
 (214)
 (56)
 207 
 326 
 699 
  
 171 
                         
                       
Total
as at
31.12.11
   
Available for Sale Assets as at 31.12.12
  
         
Cost1 
AFS Reserve
Total
  
 
Fair Value through OCI
      
£m  
£m
£m
  
£m
Sovereign
        
 1,509 
  
 28 
  
 1,537 
  
 2,334 
Financial institutions
        
 134 
  
 4 
  
 138 
  
 138 
Corporate
          
 27 
  
 2 
  
 29 
  
 27 
                         
   
Loans and Advances as at 31.12.12
  
Total
               
Impairment
      
as at
           
Gross  
  
Allowances
  
Total
  
31.12.11
Held at Amortised Cost
      
£m  
  
£m
  
£m
  
£m
Sovereign
          
 9 
  
 - 
  
 9 
  
 15 
Financial institutions
        
 38 
  
 - 
  
 38 
  
 75 
Residential mortgages
        
 15,698 
  
 (107)
  
 15,591 
  
 15,934 
Corporate
          
 1,354 
  
 (120)
  
 1,234 
  
 2,720 
Other retail lending
        
 2,042 
  
 (106)
  
 1,936 
  
 2,335 
                         
                   
Total
as at
31.12.12
  
Total
as at
31.12.11
               
                     
Contingent Liabilities and Commitments
            
£m
  
£m
Financial institutions
                
 90 
  
 17 
Residential mortgages
                
 45 
  
 101 
Corporate
                  
 2,158 
  
 2,034 
Other retail lending
                
 789 
  
 988 
                         
 
 
-
Sovereign
 
 
-
Predominantly £1,537m (2011: £2,334m) AFS government bonds with no impairment and £28m cumulative fair value gain (2011: £123m cumulative fair value loss) held in the AFS reserve
 
-
Residential mortgages
 
 
-
£15,591m (2011: £15,934m) secured on residential property with average valuation weighted marked to market LTVs of 46.7% (2011: 46.9%). CRL coverage of 23% (2011: 25%) remains stable
 
 
-
90 day arrears at 1.0% (2011: 1.0%) were stable, however gross charge off rates increased to 0.8% (2011: 0.5%)
 
-
Corporate
 
 
-
£1,234m (2011: £2,720m) focused on large corporate clients with very limited exposure to property sector
 
 
-
Balances in early warning lists broadly stable since December 2011
 
-
Other retail lending
 
 
-
£1,337m (2011: £1,615m) Italian salary advance loans (repayment deducted at source by qualifying employers and Barclays is insured in the event of termination of employment or death). Arrears rates on salary loans improved during 2012 while charge-off rates deteriorated
 
 
-
£434m (2011: £483m) credit cards and other unsecured loans. Arrears rates (both 30 and 90 days) and gross charge-off rates in cards and unsecured loans have improved in 2012
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1
'Cost' refers to the fair value of the asset at recognition, less any impairment booked. 'AFS Reserve' is the cumulative fair value gain or loss on the assets that is held in equity. 'Total' is the fair value of the assets at the balance sheet date.
 

 

 
Credit Risk
 
Portugal
                
Designated at FV through P&L
      
 
Trading Portfolio
  
Derivatives
Total
as at
31.12.12
  
Total
as at
31.12.11
Fair Value through
            
Cash
    
Profit and Loss
Assets
Liabilities
Net
  
Assets
Liabilities
Collateral
Net
  
 
£m
£m
£m
  
£m
£m  
£m
£m
£m
£m
  
£m
Sovereign
 144 
 (136)
 8 
  
 262 
(262)
 - 
 - 
 - 
 8 
  
 69 
Financial institutions
 22 
 (4)
 18 
  
 295 
 (176)
 (119)
 - 
 - 
 18 
  
 11 
Corporate
 62 
 (16)
 46 
  
 362 
 (151)
 (5)
 206 
 - 
 252 
  
 328 
                         
                       
Total
   
Available for Sale Assets as at 31.12.12
  
as at
         
Cost1 
AFS Reserve
Total
  
31.12.11
Fair Value through OCI
      
£m  
£m
£m
  
£m
Sovereign
        
 598 
  
 (4)
  
 594 
  
 716 
Financial institutions
        
 2 
  
 - 
  
 2 
  
 2 
Corporate
          
 332 
  
 (1)
  
 331 
  
 677 
                         
   
Loans and Advances as at 31.12.12
  
Total
             
Impairment
      
as at
           
Gross  
Allowances
  
Total
  
31.12.11
Held at Amortised Cost
      
£m  
  
£m
  
£m
  
£m
Sovereign
          
 35 
  
 - 
  
 35 
  
 25 
Financial institutions
        
 28 
  
 - 
  
 28 
  
 38 
Residential mortgages
        
 3,505 
  
 (31)
  
 3,474 
  
 3,651 
Corporate
          
 1,671 
  
 (296)
  
 1,375 
  
 2,290 
Other retail lending
        
 1,985 
  
 (202)
  
 1,783 
  
 2,053 
                         
                   
Total
as at
31.12.12
  
Total
as at
31.12.11
               
                     
Contingent Liabilities and Commitments
              
£m
  
£m
Sovereign
                  
 - 
  
 3 
Financial institutions
                
 1 
  
 3 
Residential mortgages
                
 25 
  
 52 
Corporate
                  
 889 
  
 1,101 
Other retail lending
                
 1,673 
  
 1,377 
 
 
-
Sovereign 
 
-  
£637m (2011: £810m) largely AFS government bonds. No impairment and £4m (2011: £159m) cumulative fair value loss held in the AFS reserve
 
-
Residential mortgages
 
 
-
Secured on residential property with average balance weighted marked to market LTVs of 77.6% (2011: 69.6%). The higher LTV is reflected in a higher CRL coverage of 25% (2011: 14%)
 
 
-
90 day arrears rates remained stable at 0.7% (2011: 0.6%) while Recoveries Impairment Coverage improved to 25.6% (2011: 15.0%) driven by an increase in loss given default rates
 
-
Corporate
 
 
-
Net lending to corporates of £1,375m (2011: £2,290m), with CRLs of £501m (2011: £443m), impairment allowance of £296m (2011: £194m) and CRL coverage of 59% (2011: 44%)
 
 
-
Net lending to the property and construction industry of £364m (2011: £541m) secured, in part, against real estate collateral, with CRLs of £275m (2011: £277m), impairment allowance of £149m (2011: £107m) and CRL coverage of 54% (2011: 39%)
 
-
Other retail lending
 
 
-
£950m (2011: £1,052m) credit cards and unsecured loans. During 2012, arrears rates in cards portfolio deteriorated while charge-off rates improved
 
 
-
CRL coverage of 74% (2011: 78%) driven by credit cards and unsecured loans exposure
 
 
 
 
  1
'Cost' refers to the fair value of the asset at recognition, less any impairment booked. 'AFS Reserve' is the cumulative fair value gain or loss on the assets that is held in equity. 'Total' is the fair value of the assets at the balance sheet date.


 
Credit Risk
 
Ireland
                
Designated at FV through P&L
      
 
Trading Portfolio
  
Derivatives
Total
as at
31.12.12
  
Total
as at
31.12.11
Fair Value through  
            
Cash
    
Profit and Loss
Assets
Liabilities
Net
  
Assets
Liabilities
Collateral
Net
  
 
£m
£m
£m
  
£m
£m  
£m
£m
£m
£m
  
£m
Sovereign
 35 
 (35)
 - 
  
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 2 
 2 
  
 39 
Financial institutions
 1,003 
 (32)
 971 
  
 4,813 
 (3,828)
 (985)
 - 
 582 
 1,553 
  
 1,561 
Corporate
 170 
 (37)
 133 
  
 386 
 (35)
 (198)
 153 
 7 
 293 
  
 52 
                         
                       
Total
   
Available for Sale Assets as at 31.12.12
  
as at
         
Cost1 
AFS Reserve
Total
  
31.12.11
Fair Value through OCI
      
£m  
£m
£m
  
£m
Sovereign
        
 9 
  
 - 
  
 9 
  
 205 
Financial institutions
        
 63 
  
 (3)
  
 60 
  
 249 
Corporate
          
 4 
  
 - 
  
 4 
  
 - 
                         
                         
   
Loans and Advances as at 31.12.12
  
Total
               
Impairment
      
as at
           
Gross  
  
Allowances
  
Total
  
31.12.11
Held at Amortised Cost
        
£m  
  
£m
  
£m
  
£m
Financial institutions
          
 2,309 
  
 (154)
  
 2,155 
  
 2,501 
Residential mortgages
        
 122 
  
 (10)
  
 112 
  
 94 
Corporate
          
 866 
  
 (36)
  
 830 
  
 925 
Other retail lending
          
 83 
  
 - 
  
 83 
  
 86 
                         
                   
Total
as at
31.12.12
  
Total
as at
31.12.11
               
                     
Contingent Liabilities and Commitments
              
£m
  
£m
Financial institutions2 
                  
 628 
  
 702 
Corporate
                  
 1,007 
  
 872 
Other retail lending
                
 9 
  
 8 
 
- Financial institutions
 
 
-
Exposure focused on financial institutions with investment grade credit ratings
 
 
-
Exposure to Irish banks amounted to £102m (2011: £58m)
 
 
-
£1.4bn (2011: £1.3bn) of loans relate to issuers domiciled in Ireland whose principal business and exposures are outside of Ireland
 
- Corporate
 
 
-
£830m (2011: £925m) net loans and advances, including a significant proportion to other multinational entities domiciled in Ireland, whose principal businesses and exposures are outside of Ireland
 
 
-
The portfolio continues to perform and has not been impacted materially by the decline in the property sector
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  1
 'Cost' refers to the fair value of the asset at recognition, less any impairment booked. 'AFS Reserve' is the cumulative fair value gain or loss on the assets that is held in equity. 'Total' is the fair value of the assets at the balance sheet date.
 
  2
 The comparative figure has been restated following the re-designation of counterparties from the year end.
 

 

 
Credit Risk
 
Cyprus
                
Designated at FV through P&L
      
 
Trading Portfolio
  
Derivatives
Total
as at
31.12.12
  
Total
as at
31.12.11
Fair Value through
            
Cash
    
Profit and Loss
Assets
Liabilities
Net
  
Assets
Liabilities
Collateral
Net
  
 
£m
£m
£m
  
£m
£m  
£m
£m
£m
£m
  
£m
Financial institutions
 - 
 - 
 - 
  
 102 
 (102)
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
  
 - 
Corporate
 - 
 - 
 - 
  
 26 
 (8)
 (6)
 12 
 - 
 12 
  
 11 
                         
   
Loans and Advances as at 31.12.12
  
Total
             
Impairment
      
as at
           
Gross  
  
Allowances
  
Total
  
31.12.11
 Held at Amortised Cost
        
£m  
  
£m
  
£m
  
£m
Sovereign
          
 8 
  
 - 
  
 8 
  
 15 
Residential mortgages
        
 44 
  
 - 
  
 44 
  
 51 
Corporate
          
 94 
  
 - 
  
 94 
  
 117 
Other retail lending
        
 26 
  
 - 
  
 26 
  
 2 
                         
                   
Total
  
Total
             
as at
  
as at
                   
31.12.12
  
31.12.11
Contingent Liabilities and Commitments
            
£m
  
£m
Corporate
                  
 94 
  
 107 
Other retail lending
 
                
 37 
  
 20 
 
 
Greece
                
Designated at FV through P&L
      
 
Trading Portfolio
  
Derivatives
Total
as at
31.12.12
  
Total
as at
31.12.11
Fair Value through
            
Cash
    
Profit and Loss
Assets
Liabilities
Net
  
Assets
Liabilities
Collateral
Net
  
 
£m
£m
£m
  
£m
£m  
£m
£m
£m
£m
  
£m
Sovereign
 3 
 (2)
 1 
  
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 1 
  
 8 
Financial institutions
 - 
 - 
 - 
  
 1,181 
 (231)
 (950)
 - 
 - 
 - 
  
 2 
Corporate
 3 
 - 
 3 
  
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 3 
  
 3 
                         
                       
Total
   
Available for Sale Assets as at 31.12.12
  
as at
         
Cost1 
AFS Reserve
Total
  
31.12.11
Fair Value through OCI
      
£m  
£m
  
£m
  
£m
Sovereign
        
 - 
  
 - 
  
 - 
  
 6 
                         
   
Loans and Advances as at 31.12.12
  
Total
               
Impairment
      
as at
           
Gross  
  
Allowances
  
Total
  
31.12.11
Held at Amortised Cost
        
£m  
  
£m
  
£m
  
£m
Residential mortgages
        
 8 
  
 - 
  
 8 
  
 5 
Corporate
          
 58 
  
 - 
  
 58 
  
 64 
Other retail lending
        
 22 
  
 (13)
  
 9 
  
 18 
                         
             
Total
as at
31.12.12
  
Total
as at
31.12.11
               
                     
 
 
Contingent Liabilities and Commitments
            
£m
  
£m
Financial institutions
                
 - 
  
 1 
Corporate
                  
 3 
  
 3 
Other retail lending
                
 2 
  
 22 
                         
 
 
 
 
 
1     'Cost' refers to the fair value of the asset at recognition, less any impairment booked. 'AFS Reserve' is the cumulative fair value gain or loss on the assets that is held in equity. 'Total' is the fair value of the assets at the balance sheet date.
 

 

 
Credit Risk
 
 
Credit Derivatives Referencing Eurozone Sovereign Debt
 
 
-
The Group enters into credit mitigation arrangements (principally credit default swaps and total return swaps) for which the reference asset is government debt. For Spain, Italy and Portugal, these have the net effect of reducing the Group's exposure in the event of sovereign default
 
 
 
As at 31.12.12
Spain
Italy
Portugal
Ireland
Cyprus
Greece
 
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
Fair value
            
- Bought
165 
289 
119 
33 
1 
- 
- Sold
(149)
(223)
(109)
(43)
(1)
- 
Net derivative fair value
16 
66 
10 
(10)
- 
- 
             
Contract notional amount
            
- Bought
(2,550)
(3,943)
(1,118)
(1,006)
(4)
- 
- Sold
2,412 
3,570 
1,020 
1,060 
4 
- 
Net derivative notional amount
(138)
(373)
(98)
54 
- 
- 
             
Net (protection)/exposure from credit derivatives in the event of sovereign default (notional less fair value)
(122)
(307)
(88)
44 
- 
- 
             
As at 31.12.11
            
Net (protection)/exposure from credit derivatives in the event of sovereign default (notional less fair value)
(157)
(374)
(26)
(49)
- 
19 
 
 
-
Credit derivatives are contracts whereby the default risk of an asset (reference asset) is transferred from the buyer to the seller of the credit derivative contract
 
 
-
Credit derivatives referencing sovereign assets are bought and sold to support client transactions and for risk management purposes
 
 
-
The contract notional amount represents the size of the credit derivative contracts that have been bought or sold, while the fair value represents the change in the value of the reference asset
 
 
-
The net protection or exposure from credit derivatives in the event of sovereign default amount represents a net purchase or sale of insurance by the Group. This insurance reduces or increases the Group's total exposure and should be considered alongside the direct exposures disclosed in the preceding pages
 
 
-
In addition, the Group has indirect sovereign exposure through the guarantee of certain savings and investment funds, which hold a proportion of their assets in sovereign debt. As at 31 December 2012, the net liability in respect of these guarantees was £33m (31 December 2011: £41m)
 
 
Eurozone Balance Sheet Redenomination Risk
 
-
Redenomination risk is the risk of financial loss to the Group should one or more countries exit the Euro, leading to a potentially different valuation of local balance sheet assets and liabilities. The Group is directly exposed to redenomination risk where there could be a different value for locally denominated assets and liabilities
 
 
-
Within Barclays, retail banking, corporate banking and wealth management activities in the Eurozone are generally booked locally within each country. Locally booked customer assets and liabilities, primarily loans and advances to customers and customer deposits, are predominantly denominated in Euros. The remaining funding need is met through local funding secured against customer loans and advances, with any residual need funded through the Group
 
 
-
During 2012, a series of mitigating actions was taken to reduce local net funding mismatches primarily by raising local liabilities in Spain, Portugal and Italy. These actions included the drawdown of €8.2bn in the European Central Bank's three year LTRO in Spain and Portugal. As a result of these mitigating actions the Group reduced the aggregate net funding mismatch in local balance sheets from £12.1bn to a £1.9bn surplus in Spain, from £6.9bn to £3.3bn in Portugal and from £12.0bn to £9.6bn in Italy
 
 
-
Barclays continues to monitor the potential impact of the Eurozone volatility on local balance sheet funding and will consider actions as appropriate to manage the risk
 
 
-
Direct exposure to Greece is very small with negligible net funding required from Group. For Ireland there is no local balance sheet funding requirement by the Group as total liabilities in this country exceed total assets
 
 

 
 

 
Credit Risk
 
Barclays Credit Market Exposures1
 
 
 
           
Year Ended 31.12.12
 
As at 31.12.12
As at 31.12.11
As at 31.12.12
As at 31.12.11
  
Fair Value (Losses)/ Gains and Net Funding
Impairment (Charge)/ Release
Total (Losses)/ Gains
 
 
US Residential Mortgages
$m
$m
£m
£m
  
£m
£m
£m
ABS CDO Super Senior
2,243 
2,844 
1,387 
1,842 
  
(33)
(232)
(265)
US sub-prime and Alt-A2 
1,129 
2,134 
698 
1,381 
  
83 
(22)
61 
                 
Commercial Mortgages
                
Commercial real estate loans and properties
4,411 
8,228 
2,727 
5,329 
  
115 
- 
115 
Commercial Mortgage Backed Securities2 
411 
1,578 
254 
1,022 
  
154 
- 
154 
Monoline protection on CMBS
- 
14 
- 
9 
  
- 
- 
- 
                 
Other Credit Market  
                
Leveraged Finance3 
5,732 
6,278 
3,544 
4,066 
  
(54)
11 
(43)
SIVs, SIV -Lites and CDPCs
- 
9 
- 
6 
  
(1)
- 
(1)
Monoline protection on CLO and other
956 
1,729 
591 
1,120 
  
(29)
- 
(29)
CLO and other assets2 
176 
596 
109 
386 
  
52 
- 
52 
                 
Total
15,058 
23,410 
9,310 
15,161 
  
287 
(243)
44 
 
 
-
During 2012, credit market exposures decreased by £5,851m to £9,310m, reflecting net sales and paydowns and other movements of £5,436m, foreign exchange movements of £459m, offset by net fair value gains and impairment charges of £44m. Net sales, paydowns and other movements of £5,436m included:
 
 
 
-
£2,497m of commercial real estate loans and properties including sale of BauBeCon for £898m (€1,131m) in August, 100% stake in Archstone for £857m ($1,338m) and sale of Calwest for £341m ($550m) in September
 
 
 
-
£885m commercial mortgage backed securities
 
 
 
-
£693m US sub-prime and Alt-A
 
 
 
-
£470m leveraged finance primarily relating to three counterparties
 
 
 
-
£449m monoline protection on CLO and other
 
 
 
-
£317m CLO and other assets
 
 
-
ABS CDO super senior and leveraged finance exposures are accounted for at amortised cost less impairment. The fair values of these exposures as at 31 December 2012 were £922m and £3,059m respectively (31 December 2011: £917m and £3,350m). Materially, all other credit market exposures are accounted for on a fair value basis
 
 
 
 
 
1     As the majority of exposure is held in US Dollars, the exposures above are shown in both US Dollars and Sterling
 
 
 
2     Collateral assets of £719m (2011: £2,272m) previously underlying the Protium loan are now included within the relevant asset classes as the assets are now managed alongside similar credit market exposures. These assets comprised: US sub-prime and Alt-A £352m (2011: £965m), commercial mortgage backed securities £258m (2011: £921m), CLO and other assets £109m (2011: £386m).
 
 
 
3     Includes undrawn commitments of £202m (2011: £180m).
 
 

 
 

 
Market Risk
 
Analysis of Investment Bank's Market Risk Exposure
 
-
Traded market risk arises primarily as a result of client facilitation in wholesale markets at Barclays Investment Bank; this involves market making, providing client risk management solutions and execution of syndications
 
 
-
Daily Value at Risk (DVaR) is one of a range of risk metrics used at Investment Bank to measure and control market risk. This measure is further supplemented with additional metrics used to manage the firm's trading exposures such as stress testing and scenario analysis
 
 
-
Investment Bank's management DVaR is calculated at a 95% confidence level, assuming a one day holding period. The calculation is based on historical simulation of the most recent two years of data
 
 
-
The three main contributors to total DVaR were Credit, Spread and Interest Rate Risk. From 2011 levels, average DVaR for Credit Risk fell by £3m (10%), Spread risk fell by £2m (8%) and Interest Rate risk fell by £3m (18%). Total Management DVaR fell by £19m (33%) reflecting the sharp reduction in the DVaR measure across asset classes
 
 
-
The business remained within the DVaR limits approved by the Board Risk Committee throughout 2012
 
 
 
 
 
Year Ended 31.12.12
  
Year Ended 31.12.11
 
 
DVaR (95%)
Daily Avg
High1 
Low1 
  
Daily Avg
High1 
Low1 
 
£m
£m
£m
  
£m
£m
£m
Credit risk
26 
44 
18 
  
29 
48 
17 
Spread risk
23 
31 
17 
  
25 
40 
17 
Interest rate risk
14 
23 
7 
  
17 
48 
8 
Basis risk
11 
21 
5 
  
6 
6 
6 
Equity risk
9 
19 
4 
  
18 
34 
9 
Commodity risk
6 
9 
4 
  
12 
18 
7 
Foreign exchange risk
6 
10 
2 
  
5 
8 
2 
Inflation risk
3 
7 
2 
  
4 
9 
2 
Diversification effect 2
(60) 
na  
na  
  
(54) 
na
na
Total DVaR
38 
75 
27 
  
57 
88 
33 
               
Expected shortfall3 
47 
91 
30 
  
71 
113 
43 
               
3W4
77 
138 
44 
  
121 
202 
67 
 
 
-
Barclays Investment Bank's market risk models are approved by the FSA to calculate regulatory capital for designated trading book portfolios. The measures are Daily Value at Risk, Stressed Value at Risk, Incremental Risk Charge and the All Price Risk measure
 
 
-
For regulatory market risk capital calculations, DVaR is calculated at the 99% level. The model is subject to daily back-testing, where it is compared to profit and loss figures during the year. The DVaR model has performed well in back-testing and maintains its Green categorisation, as defined by the FSA
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  1
 The high and low DVaR figures reported for each category did not necessarily occur on the same day as the high and low DVaR reported as a whole. Consequently a diversification effect balance for the high and low DVaR figures would not be meaningful and is therefore omitted from the above table.
 
 
  2
 Diversification for 2011 has been restated to increase granularity by reported DVaR asset class, primarily relating to credit and inflation which were applied for the whole period, and basis VaR which was introduced in Q4 11 resulting in its partial contribution to average diversification.
 
 
  3
 The average of all one day hypothetical losses beyond the 95% confidence level DVaR.
 
 
  4
The average of the three largest one day estimated losses.
 
 

 
 

 
Financial Statement Notes
 
1.    Basis of Preparation
 
 
The Results Announcement has been prepared using the same accounting policies and methods of computation as those used in the 2011 Annual Report.
 
 
There have been no accounting developments since those disclosed in the 2011 Annual Report that have had a material impact on the Group's 2012 results. There have been and are expected to be a number of significant changes to the Group's financial reporting after 2012 as a result of amended or new accounting standards that have been or will be issued by the IASB. The most significant of these are as follows:
 
 
Effective from 1 January 2013:
 
 
-
From 1 January 2013, the Group will adopt IAS 19 Employee Benefits revised. The main impact of the revision is the removal of the ability to defer actuarial gains and losses as part of its pension assets and liabilities. The Group will also include changes in net pension liabilities or assets that do not arise from regular cost, interest (on the net pension liabilities or assets) or contributions, within Other Comprehensive Income. Details of the financial impact of these changes are detailed in note 13, page 92
 
 
-
IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements will require the Group to apply different criteria to determine the entities that are included in the Group's consolidated financial statements. The implementation of IFRS 10 will result in the Group consolidating some entities that were previously not consolidated and deconsolidating some entities that were previously consolidated. If IFRS10 had been adopted for the period to 31 December 2012 the financial impact on the Group would have been to decrease assets by £144m, increase liabilities by £333m and decrease total shareholders equity by £477m. The impact on the Core Tier 1 ratio would have been a 12 bps decrease
 
 
Effective from 1 January 2015:
 
 
-
IFRS 9 Financial Instruments will change the classification and therefore the measurement of its financial assets, the calculation of impairment and hedge accounting. In addition to these changes, the portion of gains and losses arising from changes in the Group's credit rating included in changes in the value of the Group's issued debt securities held at fair value through profit or loss will be included in other comprehensive income rather than the income statement. The proposals have yet to be finalised and it is therefore not yet possible to estimate the financial effects
 
Further information on the changes, will be set out in the Barclays 2012 Annual Report.
 
Going Concern
 
The Group's business activities and financial position, the factors likely to affect its future development and performance, and its objectives and policies in managing the financial risks to which it is exposed and its capital are discussed in the Results by Business, Performance Management and Risk Management sections.
 
 
The Directors confirm they are satisfied that the Group has adequate resources to continue in business for the foreseeable future. For this reason, they continue to adopt the going concern basis for preparing accounts.
 

 

 
Financial Statement Notes
 
2.    Net Interest Income
    
 
 
 
Year Ended
Year Ended
 
31.12.12
31.12.11
 
£m
£m
Cash and balances with central banks
253 
392 
Available for sale financial investments
1,720 
2,137 
Loans and advances to banks
369 
350 
Loans and advances to customers
16,461 
17,271 
Other
396 
439 
Interest income
19,199 
20,589 
     
Deposits from banks
(257)
(366)
Customer accounts
(2,480)
(2,526)
Debt securities in issue
(2,929)
(3,524)
Subordinated liabilities
(1,632)
(1,813)
Other
(262)
(159)
Interest expense
(7,560)
(8,388)
     
Net interest income
11,639 
12,201 
 

 
 3.   Administration and General Expenses
 
 
 
Year  Ended
Year  Ended
 
31.12.12
31.12.11
 
£m
£m
Property and equipment
1,656 
1,763 
Outsourcing and professional services
2,179 
1,869 
Operating lease rentals
622 
659 
Marketing, advertising and sponsorship
572 
585 
Subscriptions, publications, stationery and communications
727 
740 
Travel and accommodation
324 
328 
Other administration and general expenses
546 
400 
Impairment of property, equipment and intangible assets
17 
12 
Administration and general expenses
6,643 
6,356 
 
 
 
 
 
4.    Tax
 
The tax charge for 2012 was £482m (2011: £1,928m) on profit before tax of £246m (2011: £5,879m), representing an effective tax rate of 195.9% (2011: 32.8%). The high effective tax rate in 2012 is a result of the combination of losses in the UK, primarily relating to the own credit charge of £4,579m (2011: gain of £2,708m) with tax relief at 24.5% (2011:26.5%) and profits outside the UK taxed at higher rates.     
 
 
           
 
Assets
  
Liabilities
 
 
Current and Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities
31.12.12
31.12.11
  
31.12.12
31.12.11
 
£m
£m
  
£m
£m
Current tax
252  
374  
  
(621)
(1,397)
Deferred tax
3,016  
3,010  
  
(719)
(695)
Total
3,268  
3,384  
  
(1,340)
(2,092)
 
 
The deferred tax asset of £3,016m (2011: £3,010m) mainly relates to amounts in the Barclays Group US Inc. tax group, the US Branch of Barclays Bank Plc and the Spanish tax group. As at 31 December 2012, the deferred tax asset in the Spanish tax group is recoverable, as supported by the latest business forecasts updated for the current economic environment in Spain. The asset has reduced to £602m (2011: £696m) reflecting a lower anticipated tax recovery rate.
 
 

 
 

 
Financial Statement Notes
 
 

 
 
 
           
5.    Non-controlling Interests
 
Profit Attributable to Non-controlling Interest
  
Equity Attributable to Non-controlling Interest
 
 
 
 Year Ended
 Year Ended
  
As at
As at
 
31.12.12
31.12.11
  
31.12.12
31.12.11
 
£m
£m
  
£m
£m
Barclays Bank PLC Issued:
          
- Preference shares
462 
465 
  
5,927 
5,929 
- Reserve Capital Instruments (RCIs)
- 
46 
  
- 
-
- Upper Tier 2 instruments
4 
3 
  
591 
586 
Absa Group Limited
304 
401 
  
2,737 
2,861 
Other non-controlling interests
35 
29 
  
116 
231 
Total
805 
944 
  
9,371 
9,607 
 
 
The decrease in Absa Group equity attributable to non-controlling interest to £2,737m (2011: £2,861m) is principally due to £247m depreciation of African currencies against Sterling and £194m of dividends paid, offset by retained profits of £304m.
 
 
During 2011 the RCIs, with a nominal value of $2bn, generated £46m of coupons before being redeemed.
 
 

 
 
 
6.    Earnings Per Share
    
 
As at
As at
 
31.12.12
31.12.11
 
£m
£m
(Loss)/profit attributable to equity holders of the parent
(1,041)
 3,007 
Basic weighted average number of shares in issue1 
12,225m
11,988m
Number of potential ordinary shares
389m
538m
Diluted weighted average number of shares
12,614m
12,526m
     
Basic (loss)/earnings per ordinary share  
 (8.5p)
25.1p
Diluted (loss)/earnings per ordinary share2 
 (8.5p)
24.0p
 
 
7.   Dividends on Ordinary Shares
 
 
It is Barclays policy to declare and pay dividends quarterly. A final dividend in respect of 2012 of 3.5p per ordinary share will be paid on 15 March 2013 to shareholders on the Share Register on 22 February 2013 and accounted for as a distribution of retained earnings in the year ending 31 December 2013. The financial statements for 2012 include the following dividends paid during the year:
 
 
 
       
 Year Ended 31.12.12
Year Ended 31.12.11
 
 
Dividends Paid During the Period
      
Per Share
Total
Per Share
Total
       
Pence
£m
Pence
£m
Final dividend paid during period
      
3.0p
 366 
2.5p
 298 
Interim dividends paid during period
      
3.0p
 367 
3.0p
 362 
Total
      
6.0p
 733 
5.5p
 660 
 
 
For qualifying US and Canadian resident ADR holders, the final dividend of 3.5p per ordinary share becomes 14p per ADS (representing four shares). The ADR depositary will post the final dividend on 15 March 2013 to ADR holders on record at close of business on 22 February 2013.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1        The number of basic weighted average number of shares excludes Treasury shares held in employee benefit trusts for trading.
 
 
2       Potential ordinary shares shall be treated as dilutive when, and only when, their conversion to ordinary shares would increase loss per share.
 
 

 
 

 
Financial Statement Notes
 
 

 
 
 
8.    Derivative Financial Instruments
        
 
Contract Notional
Amount
  
Fair Value
As at 31.12.12
  
Assets
Liabilities
 
 
 
£m
  
£m
£m
Foreign exchange derivatives
4,423,737 
  
59,299 
(63,821)
Interest rate derivatives
32,995,831 
  
351,373 
(336,625)
Credit derivatives
1,768,180 
  
29,797 
(29,208)
Equity and stock index and commodity derivatives
1,004,446 
  
24,878 
(29,680)
Derivative assets/(liabilities) held for trading
40,192,194 
  
465,347 
(459,334)
         
Derivatives in Hedge Accounting Relationships
        
Derivatives designated as cash flow hedges
177,122 
  
2,043 
(1,097)
Derivatives designated as fair value hedges
108,240 
  
1,576 
(1,984)
Derivatives designated as hedges of net investments
17,460 
  
180 
(53)
Derivative assets/(liabilities) designated in hedge accounting relationships
302,822 
  
3,799 
(3,134)
         
Total recognised derivative assets/(liabilities)
40,495,016 
  
469,146 
(462,468)
         
As at 31.12.11
        
Foreign exchange derivatives
4,452,874 
  
63,822 
(67,280)
Interest rate derivatives
35,541,980 
  
372,570 
(357,440)
Credit derivatives
1,886,650 
  
63,312 
(61,348)
Equity and stock index and commodity derivatives
1,214,487 
  
35,602 
(38,484)
Derivative assets/(liabilities) held for trading
43,095,991 
  
535,306 
(524,552)
         
Derivatives in Hedge Accounting Relationships
        
Derivatives designated as cash flow hedges
157,149 
  
2,150 
(1,726)
Derivatives designated as fair value hedges
74,375 
  
1,447 
(1,238)
Derivatives designated as hedges of net investments
12,010 
  
61 
(394)
Derivative assets/(liabilities) designated in hedge accounting relationships
243,534 
  
3,658 
(3,358)
         
Total recognised derivative assets/(liabilities)
43,339,525 
  
538,964 
(527,910)
 
 
The fair value of gross derivative assets decreased by 13% to £469bn primarily reflecting the tightening of credit spreads, and trades matured and terminated during the period.
 
 
Derivative asset exposures would be £435bn (2011: £492bn) lower than reported under IFRS if netting were permitted for assets and liabilities with the same counterparty or for which we hold cash collateral. Similarly, derivative liabilities would be £427bn (£478bn) lower reflecting counterparty netting and collateral placed.
 
 

 
 

 
Financial Statement Notes
 
9.      Financial Instruments Held at Fair Value
 
 
The table below shows the financial assets and liabilities that are recognised and measured at fair value analysed by level within the fair value hierarchy.
 
 
 
 
Valuations Based on
    
 
Quoted Market Prices
Observable Inputs
Significant Unobservable Inputs
    
 
(Level 1)
(Level 2)
(Level 3)
  
Total
 
 
As at 31.12.12
£m
£m
£m
  
£m
Trading portfolio assets
51,614 
85,930 
7,486 
  
145,030 
Financial assets designated at fair value
14,405 
25,705 
5,951 
  
46,061 
Derivative financial assets
2,864 
460,139 
6,143 
  
469,146 
Available for sale assets
28,946 
43,283 
2,880 
  
75,109 
Total Assets
97,829 
615,057 
22,460 
  
735,346 
           
Trading portfolio liabilities
(20,270)
(24,522)
(2)
  
(44,794)
Financial liabilities designated at fair value
(181)
(75,866)
(2,233)
  
(78,280)
Derivative financial liabilities
(2,668)
(454,896)
(4,904)
  
(462,468)
Total Liabilities
(23,119)
(555,284)
(7,139)
  
(585,542)
           
As at 31.12.11
          
Trading portfolio assets
61,530 
81,449 
9,204 
  
152,183 
Financial assets designated at fair value
4,179 
24,091 
8,679 
  
36,949 
Derivative financial assets
2,550 
525,147 
11,267 
  
538,964 
Available for sale assets
30,857 
34,761 
2,873 
  
68,491 
Total Assets
99,116 
665,448 
32,023 
  
796,587 
           
Trading portfolio liabilities
(26,155)
(19,726)
(6)
  
(45,887)
Financial liabilities designated at fair value
(39)
(84,822)
(3,136)
  
(87,997)
Derivative financial liabilities
(2,263)
(517,066)
(8,581)
  
(527,910)
Total Liabilities
(28,457)
(621,614)
(11,723)
  
(661,794)
 
 
Transfers from Level 1 to Level 2 primarily comprised certain government bonds and equity products as a result of regular observeability reassessments. 
 
 
The significant movements in the Level 3 positions during the year ended 31 December 2012 are as follows:
 
 
-
Purchases of £6.9bn primarily comprising £3.6bn in asset backed debt instruments, £1.4bn in commercial real estate loans and £1.0bn in non-asset backed loans
 
-
Sales of £8.6bn primarily comprising £4.7bn of asset backed debt instruments, £1.3bn of commercial real estate loans and £1.5bn of private equity disposals including the sale of an investment in Archstone, an apartment company, for £0.9bn
 
-
Settlements of £1.3bn including £0.3bn of asset backed debt instruments and £0.7bn in commercial real estate loans
 
-
Net losses on the fair value of Level 3 assets recognised in the income statement totalled £1.4bn (31 December 2011: £0.3bn) primarily due to a reduction in the fair value of monoline and non-monoline credit derivatives
 

 

 
Financial Statement Notes
 
9.      Financial Instruments Held at Fair Value (continued)
 
 
Unrecognised Gains as a Result of the use of Valuation Models Using Unobservable Inputs
 
The amount that has yet to be recognised in income that relates to the difference between the transaction price (the fair value at initial recognition) and the amount that would have arisen had valuation models using unobservable inputs been used on initial recognition, less amounts subsequently recognised, was as follows:
 
 
 
 
Year Ended
Year Ended
 
31.12.12
31.12.11
 
£m
£m
Opening balance
117 
137 
Additions
78 
93 
Amortisation and releases
(47)
(113)
Closing balance
148 
117 
 
 
As part of our risk management processes stress tests on the significant unobservable parameters are applied to generate a range of potentially possible alternative valuations. The results of the most recent stress test showed a potential to increase the fair values by up to £1.7bn (2011: £2.0bn) or to decrease the fair values by up to £1.7bn (2011: £2.1bn) with substantially all the potential effect being recorded in the income statement rather than equity. It is not possible to reliably stress the £1.9bn receivable included within Level 3 assets arising from the Lehman acquisition since its value is dependent in large part on the outcome of legal proceedings. Further detail is provided in note 17.
 
 
The stresses applied take account of the nature of valuation techniques used, as well as the availability and reliability of observable proxy and historical data. In all cases, an assessment is made to determine the suitability of available data. The sensitivity methodologies are based on a range, standard deviation or spread data of a reliable reference source or a scenario based on alternative market views. The level of shift or scenarios applied is considered for each product and varies according to the quality of the data and variability of underlying markets.
 
 

 
 
 
10.    Goodwill and Intangible Assets
 
As at
As at
 
31.12.12
31.12.11
 
£m
£m
Goodwill
5,206 
5,305 
Intangible assets
2,709 
2,541 
Total
7,915 
7,846 
 
 
Goodwill principally comprised £3,144m held in UK RBB (31 December 2011: £3,145), £863m in Africa RBB (31 December 2011: £947m), £514m in Barclaycard (31 December 2011: £505m) and £391m in Wealth and Investment Management (31 December 2011: £391m).
 
 
Goodwill is reviewed for indicators of impairment quarterly and tested for impairment on an annual basis by comparing the carrying value to its recoverable amount. There has been no goodwill impairment during 2012. Impairment charges of £597m were recognised during 2011 against goodwill in FirstPlus and Spain.
 
 

 
 
 
11.    Subordinated Liabilities
 
As at
As at
 
31.12.12
31.12.11
 
£m
£m
Opening balance as at 1 January
24,870 
28,499 
Issuances
2,258 
880 
Redemptions
(2,680)
(5,116)
Other
(430)
607 
Total dated and undated subordinated liabilities as at period end
24,018 
24,870 
 
 
During the year ended 31 December 2012 subordinated liabilities reduced by 3% to £24,018m due to issuances of £1,894m Contingent Capital Notes ($3bn) and £364m subordinated callable notes (ZAR 5bn) and redemptions of a £946m dated callable floating rate note ($1.5bn), a £1.2bn callable floating rate note (€1.5bn), a £314m callable floating rate note ($0.5bn), a £113m subordinated callable note (ZAR 1.5bn) and a £100m subordinated note.
 
 

 
 

 
Financial Statement Notes
 
12.    Provisions
    
 
As at
As at
 
31.12.12
31.12.11
 
£m
£m
Redundancy and restructuring
71 
216 
Undrawn contractually committed facilities and guarantees
159 
230 
Onerous contracts
104 
116 
Payment Protection Insurance redress
986 
565 
Interest rate hedging product redress
814 
-
Litigation
200 
140 
Sundry provisions
432 
262 
Total
2,766 
1,529 
 
 
Payment Protection Insurance Redress
 
 
Following the conclusion of the 2011 judicial review, a provision for PPI redress of £1.0bn was raised in May 2011 based on FSA guidelines and historic industry experience in resolving similar claims. Subsequently, further provisions of £300m were raised in March 2012, £700m in September 2012 and £600m in December 2012, bringing the total provision for PPI redress to £2.6bn. As at 31 December 2012 £1.6bn of the provision had been utilised, including gesture of goodwill payments to customers with accrued claims at the conclusion of the judicial review, leaving a residual provision of £1bn.
 
 
As of 31 December 2012, 1.1m customer initiated claims1 have been received and processed. The volume of claims received has declined since a peak in May 2012, although the rate of decline has been lower than previously expected.
 
 
In addition to customer initiated claims, in August 2012, in accordance with regulatory standards, Barclays commenced proactive mailing of the holders of approximately 750,000 policies. Of this population approximately 100,000 have been mailed as at 31 December and it is anticipated that the remainder will be completed by June 2013.
 
 
To date Barclays has upheld on average 39% of all claims received, excluding payment of gestures of goodwill and reflecting a high proportion of claims for which no PPI policy exists. The average redress per valid claim to date is £2,750, comprising, where applicable, the refund of premium, compound interest charged and interest of 8%.   
 
 
The current provision is calculated based on a number of key assumptions which continue to involve significant management judgement:
 
 
-
Customer initiated claim volumes - claims received but not yet processed and an estimate of future claims initiated by customers where the volume is anticipated to decline over time
 
-
Proactive response rate - volume of claims in response to proactive mailing
 
-
Uphold rate - the percentage of claims that are upheld as being valid upon review
 
-
Average claim redress - the expected average payment to customers for upheld claims based on the type and age of the policy/policies
 
 
The provision also includes an estimate of our claims handling costs and those costs associated with claims that are subsequently referred to the Financial Ombudsman Service.
 
 
These assumptions remain subjective, in particular the uncertainty associated with future claims levels. Therefore, it is possible that the eventual outcome may materially differ from current estimates, resulting in an increase or decrease to the required provision. The following table details, by key assumption, actual data through to 31 December 2012, forecast assumptions used in the provision calculation and a sensitivity analysis illustrating the impact on the provision if the future expected assumptions prove too high or too low:
 
 
 
Assumption
 
Cumulative actual  
   to 31.12.12
 
Future Expected
Sensitivity Analysis        increase/decrease
in provision
Customer initiated claims1
1,100k
450k
50k = £44m
Proactive mailing
100k
650k
  
Response rate to proactive mailing
27%
29%
1% = £9m
Average uphold rate per claim2
39%
53%
1% = £11m
Average redress per valid claim2
£2,750
£2,000
£100 =  £41m
 
 
 
 
 
1        Total claims received to date including those for which no PPI policy exists and excluding responses to proactive mailing.
 
 
2       Claims include both customer initiated and proactive mailings.
 

 

 
Financial Statement Notes
 
 
12.    Provisions (continued)
 
 
Interest Rate Hedging Product Redress
 
 
On 29 June 2012, the FSA announced that it had reached agreement with a number of UK banks, including Barclays, in relation to a review and redress exercise to be carried out in respect of interest rate hedging products sold to small and medium sized enterprises. During H2 2012, Barclays completed a pilot review of a sample of individual cases. On 31 January 2012, the FSA issued a report on the findings of the pilot, along with those conducted by a number of other banks. The report included a number of changes and clarifications to the requirements under which the main review and redress exercise should be conducted. Barclays has agreed to conduct the exercise in line with the approach set out in this report and will commence shortly. Our current analysis suggests that there are approximately 4,000 private or retail classified customers to which interest rate hedging products were sold within the relevant timeframe, of which approximately 3,000 are likely to be categorised as non-sophisticated under the terms of the agreement.
 
 
As at 30 June 2012, a provision of £450m was recognised, reflecting management's initial estimate of future redress to customers categorised as non-sophisticated and related costs. As at 31 December 2012, an additional provision of £400m has been recognised, reflecting the results of the pilot review, an updated estimate of administrative costs and the greater clarity afforded by the implementation requirements agreed with the FSA. The provision recognised in the balance sheet as at 31 December 2012 is £814m, after utilisation of £36m during 2012, primarily related to administrative costs.
 
The pilot exercise provides the best currently available information upon which to base an estimate. However, the ultimate cost of the exercise will depend on the extent and nature of redress payable across the impacted population. This will be impacted by a number of factors, including:
 
-
The number of customers for which Barclays is deemed not to have complied with relevant regulatory requirements at the time of sale
 
-
The nature of any redress offered by Barclays, in particular whether existing products are terminated or replaced with alternative products
 
-
The level of reasonably foreseeable consequential loss payable
 
The appropriate provision level will be kept under ongoing review as the main redress and review exercise progresses.
 
 

 

 
Financial Statement Notes
 
13.         Retirement Benefits
 
 
The Group's IAS 19 pension deficit across all schemes as at 31 December 2012 was £1.3bn (2011: £0.2bn). This reflects net recognised assets of £2.1bn (2011: £1.5bn) and unrecognised actuarial losses of £3.4bn (2011: £1.7bn). The net recognised assets comprised retirement benefit assets of £2.3bn (2011: £1.8bn) and liabilities of £0.3bn (2011: £0.3bn).
 
 
The Group's main scheme is the UK Retirement Fund (UKRF). As at 31 December 2012, the UKRF had £2.2bn assets recognised on the balance sheet (2011: £1.7bn) and on an IAS 19 basis the scheme liabilities exceeded the assets by £0.8bn (2011: surplus of £0.3bn). The main reason for the change in funding status over the year is a fall of real corporate bond yields relative to inflation of around 30 basis points.
 
 
The latest triennial funding valuation of the UKRF was carried out with an effective date of 30 September 2010, and showed a deficit of £5.0bn. The Bank and Trustee agreed a funding plan to eliminate the deficit in the fund. As part of this plan, deficit contributions of £1.8bn were paid to the fund in December 2011 and a further £0.5bn in April 2012. Further deficit contributions are payable from 2017 to 2021 starting at £0.7bn for 2017 and increasing by approximately 3.5% per annum until 2021. These deficit contributions are in addition to the regular contributions to meet the Group's share of the cost of benefits accruing over each year.
 
 
The latest annual funding update prepared by the Scheme Actuary as at 30 September 2012 showed a funding deficit of £3.6bn, which was after the payment of contributions referred to above in December 2011 and April 2012.
 
 
From 1 January 2013, the Group will adopt IAS 19 revised. Had the Group adopted the revisions in these financial statements the net recognised position would reduce by £3.3bn (2011: £1.7bn) resulting in a liability of £1.3bn (2011: £0.2bn). Profit after tax for the period ended 31 December 2012 would have been lower by £22m (2011: £83m) and other comprehensive income lower by £2.4bn (2011: £1.2bn). Shareholders equity would have been reduced by £2.5bn (2011: £1.3bn) and additional deferred tax assets of £0.8bn (2011: £0.5bn) would have been recognised.
 
 
14.         Share Capital and Warrants
 
 
Called up share capital comprises 12,243 million (2011: 12,199 million) ordinary shares of 25p each.
 
 
As at 31 December 2012, there were unexercised warrants to subscribe for 379.2 million (2011: 379.2 million) new ordinary shares at a price of £1.97775. The warrants may be exercised at any time up to close of business on 31 October 2013.
 
 
15.         Other Reserves
 
 
Currency Translation Reserve
 
Currency translation movements in 2012 of £1,578m (2011: £1,607m), including £259m (2011: £598m) associated with non-controlling interests, were largely due to the depreciation of the US Dollar and Rand against Sterling.
 
 
During the period, £24m gain (2011: nil) from the currency translation reserve was recognised in the income statement.
 
 
Available for Sale Reserve
 
The available for sale reserve increased £546m (2011: increased £1,374m), largely driven by £1,193m gains from changes in fair value, £474m losses transferred to income statement due to fair value hedging, offset by £703m gains transferred to the income statement, including the disposal of BlackRock, Inc. and a £352m decrease due to the impact of current and deferred tax movements.
 
 
Cash Flow Hedge Reserve
 
The cash flow hedge reserve represents the cumulative gains and losses on effective cash flow hedging instruments that will be recycled to the income statement when hedged transactions affect profit or loss.
 
 
The increase in the cash flow hedge reserve of £662m (2011: £1,263m increase) principally reflected £1,535m increases in the fair value of interest rate swaps held for hedging purposes partially offset by £695m gains transferred to net profit.
 
 
Treasury Shares
 
During the period £979m (2011: £165m) net purchases of treasury shares were made principally reflecting the increase in shares held for the purposes of employee share schemes, and £946m (2011: £499m) was transferred to retained earnings reflecting the vesting of deferred share based payments.
 
 

 
 

 
Financial Statement Notes
 
16.    Contingent Liabilities and Commitments
    
 
As at
As at
 
31.12.12
31.12.11
 
£m
£m
Securities lending arrangements
 - 
 35,996 
Guarantees and letters of credit pledged as collateral security
 15,855 
 14,181 
Performance guarantees, acceptances and endorsements
 6,406 
 8,706 
Contingent liabilities
 22,261 
 58,883 
     
Documentary credits and other short-term trade related transactions
 1,027 
 1,358 
     
Standby facilities, credit lines and other commitments
 247,816 
 240,282 
 
 
Securities Lending Arrangements
 
Up to the disposal of Barclays Global Investors on 1 December 2009, the Group facilitated securities lending arrangements for its managed investment funds whereby securities held by funds under management were lent to third parties. Borrowers provided cash or investment grade assets as collateral equal to 100% of the market value of the securities lent plus a margin of 2%-10%. The Group agreed with BlackRock, Inc. to continue to provide indemnities to support these arrangements until 30 November 2012.
 
 
The Financial Services Compensation Scheme
 
The Financial Services Compensation Scheme (the FSCS) is the UK's compensation scheme for customers of authorised institutions that are unable to pay claims. It provides compensation to depositors in the event that UK licensed deposit taking institutions are unable to meet their claims. The FSCS raises levies on UK licensed deposit taking institutions to meet such claims based on their share of UK deposits on 31 December of the year preceding the scheme year (which runs from 1 April to 31 March).
 
 
Compensation has previously been paid out by the FSCS funded by loan facilities totalling approximately £18bn provided by HM Treasury to FSCS in support of FSCS's obligations to the depositors of banks declared in default. In April 2012, the FSCS agreed revised terms on the loan facilities including a 70bps increase in the interest rate payable to 12 month LIBOR plus 100 basis points. This rate will be subject to a floor equal to the HM Treasury's own cost of borrowing. The facilities are expected to be repaid wholly from recoveries from the failed deposit takers, except for an estimated shortfall of £0.8bn. The FSCS has announced it intends to recover this shortfall by levying the industry in three instalments across 2013, 2014 and 2015, in addition to the ongoing interest changes on the outstanding loans. Barclays has included an accrual of £156m in other liabilities as at 31 December 2012 (2011: £58m) in respect of the Barclays portion of the total levies raised by the FSCS.
 
 
US Mortgage Activities
 
Barclays activities within the US residential mortgage sector during the period of 2005 through 2008 included: sponsoring and underwriting of approximately $39bn of private-label securitisations; underwriting of approximately $34bn of other private-label securitisations; sales of approximately $0.2bn of loans to government sponsored enterprises (GSEs); and sales of approximately $3bn of loans to others. Some of the loans sold by Barclays were originated by a Barclays subsidiary. Barclays also performed servicing activities through its US residential mortgage servicing business which Barclays acquired in Q4 2006 and subsequently sold in Q3 2010.
 
 
In connection with Barclays loan sales and sponsored private-label securitisations, Barclays provided certain loan level representations and warranties (R&Ws) generally relating to the underlying borrower, the property, mortgage documentation and/or compliance with law. Under certain circumstances, Barclays may be required to repurchase the related loans or make other payments related to such loans if the R&Ws are breached. Barclays was the sole provider of R&Ws with respect to approximately $5bn of Barclays sponsored securitizations, approximately $0.2bn of sales of loans to GSEs and approximately $3bn of loans sold to others. Other than approximately $1bn of loans sold to others for which R&Ws expired prior to 2012, there are no expiration provisions applicable to the R&Ws made by Barclays. Barclays R&Ws with respect to loans sold to others are related to loans that were generally sold at significant discounts and contained more limited R&Ws than loans sold to GSEs and in respect of the approximately $5bn of Barclays sponsored securitisations discussed above. R&Ws on the remaining approximately $34bn of Barclays sponsored securitisations were primarily provided by third party originators directly to the securitisation trusts with Barclays, as depositor to the securitisation trusts, providing more limited R&Ws. Total unresolved repurchase requests associated with all R&Ws made by Barclays on loans sold to GSEs and others and private-label activities were £0.4bn at 31 December 2012. Barclays currently has no provisions with respect to such repurchase requests, given Barclays analysis of such requests and Barclays belief as to applicable defences with respect thereto. Based upon a large number of defaults occurring in US residential mortgages, there is a potential for additional requests for repurchases.
 
 
Claims against Barclays as an underwriter of RMBS offerings have been brought in certain civil actions. Additionally, Barclays has received inquiries from various regulatory and governmental authorities regarding its mortgage-related activities and is cooperating with such inquiries.
 
 
It is not practicable to provide an estimate of the financial impact of the potential exposure in relation to Barclays US Mortgage activities.
 
 
Further details on contingent liabilities relating to Legal Proceedings and Competition and Regulatory Matters are held in Note 17 and 18 respectively.
 
 
17.         Legal Proceedings
 
 
Lehman Brothers
 
 
On 15 September 2009, motions were filed in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York (the Bankruptcy Court) by Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc. (LBHI), the SIPA Trustee for Lehman Brothers Inc. (the Trustee) and the Official Committee of Unsecured Creditors of Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc. (the Committee). All three motions challenged certain aspects of the transaction pursuant to which BCI and other companies in the Group acquired most of the assets of Lehman Brothers Inc. (LBI) in September 2008 and the Court Order approving such sale (the Sale). The claimants were seeking an order voiding the transfer of certain assets to BCI; requiring BCI to return to the LBI estate alleged excess value BCI received; and declaring that BCI is not entitled to certain assets that it claims pursuant to the sale documents and Order approving the Sale (the Rule 60 Claims). On 16 November 2009, LBHI, the Trustee and the Committee filed separate complaints in the Bankruptcy Court asserting claims against BCI based on the same underlying allegations as the pending motions and seeking relief similar to that which is requested in the motions. On 29 January 2010, BCI filed its response to the motions and also filed a motion seeking delivery of certain assets that LBHI and LBI have failed to deliver as required by the sale documents and the Court Order approving the Sale (together with the Trustee's competing claims to those assets, the Contract Claims). Approximately $4.5bn (£2.8bn) of the assets acquired as part of the acquisition had not been received by 31 December 2012, approximately $3.0bn (£1.9bn) of which were recognised as part of the accounting for the acquisition and are included in the balance sheet as at 31 December 2012. This results in an effective provision of $1.5bn (£0.9bn) against the uncertainty inherent in the litigation and issues relating to the recovery of certain assets held by institutions outside the United States.
 
 
On 22 February 2011, the Bankruptcy Court issued its Opinion in relation to these matters, rejecting the Rule 60 Claims and deciding some of the Contract Claims in the Trustee's favour and some in favour of BCI. On 15 July 2011, the Bankruptcy Court entered final Orders implementing its Opinion. Barclays and the Trustee each appealed the Bankruptcy Court's adverse rulings on the Contract Claims to the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York (the District Court). LBHI and the Committee did not pursue an appeal from the Bankruptcy Court's ruling on the Rule 60 Claims. After briefing and argument, the District Court issued its Opinion on 5 June 2012 in which it reversed one of the Bankruptcy Court's rulings on the Contract Claims that had been adverse to Barclays and affirmed the Bankruptcy Court's other rulings on the Contract Claims. On 17 July 2012, the District Court issued an amended Opinion, correcting certain errors but not otherwise affecting the rulings, and an agreed Judgment implementing the rulings in the Opinion. Barclays and the Trustee have each appealed the adverse rulings of the District Court to the United States Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit.
 
 
Under the Judgment of the District Court, Barclays is entitled to receive:
 
 
-
$1.1bn (£0.7bn) from the Trustee in respect of "clearance box" assets
 
-
property held at various institutions to secure obligations under the exchange-traded derivatives transferred to Barclays in the Sale (the ETD Margin), subject to the proviso that Barclays will be entitled to receive $507m (£0.3bn) of the ETD Margin only if and to the extent the Trustee has assets available once the Trustee has satisfied all of LBI's customer claims
 
-
$769m (£0.5bn) from the Trustee in respect of LBI's 15c3-3 reserve account assets only if and to the extent the Trustee has assets available once the Trustee has satisfied all of LBI's customer claims
 

 

 
Financial Statement Notes
 
 
17.         Legal Proceedings (continued)
 
 
A portion of the ETD Margin which has not yet been recovered by Barclays or the Trustee is held or owed by certain institutions outside the United States (including several Lehman affiliates that are subject to insolvency or similar proceedings). Barclays cannot reliably estimate at this time how much of the ETD Margin held or owed by such institutions Barclays is ultimately likely to receive. Further, Barclays cannot reliably estimate at this time if and to the extent the Trustee will have assets remaining available to it to pay Barclays the $507m (£0.3bn) in respect of ETD Margin or the $769m (£0.5bn) in respect of LBI's 15c3-3 reserve account assets after satisfying all of LBI's customer claims. In this regard, the Trustee announced in October 2012 that if his proposed settlement agreements with LBHI and with the Administrator for the liquidation of Lehman Brothers Inc. (Europe) are approved by the relevant courts, then the Trustee should be in position to satisfy all customer claims and make meaningful distributions to creditors (without having to use any of the assets that Barclays claims). If the District Court's rulings were to be unaffected by future proceedings, conservatively assuming no recovery by Barclays of any of the ETD Margin not yet recovered by Barclays or the Trustee that is held or owed by institutions outside the United States and no recovery by Barclays of the $507m (£0.3bn) in respect of ETD Margin or the $769m (£0.5bn) in respect of LBI's 15c3-3 reserve account assets, Barclays estimates its loss would be approximately $0.9bn (£0.5bn). Under the same scenario, but assuming the Trustee's proposed settlement agreements with LBHI and the Administrator for the liquidation of Lehman Brothers Inc. (Europe) are implemented, and result in the receipt by Barclays of the $507m ETD Margin and $769m in respect of the 15c3-3 reserve account assets, Barclays estimates its profit would be approximately $0.4bn (£0.2bn) plus the value of any recovery of the ETD Margin held or owed by institutions outside of the United States. In this context, Barclays is satisfied with the valuation of the asset recognised on its balance sheet and the resulting level of effective provision.
 
 
American Depositary Shares
 
 
Barclays Bank PLC, Barclays PLC and various current and former members of Barclays PLC's Board of Directors have been named as defendants in five proposed securities class actions (which have been consolidated) pending in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York (the Court). The consolidated amended complaint, dated 12 February 2010, alleges that the registration statements relating to American Depositary Shares representing Preferred Stock, Series 2, 3, 4 and 5 (the ADS) offered by Barclays Bank PLC at various times between 2006 and 2008 contained misstatements and omissions concerning (amongst other things) Barclays portfolio of mortgage-related (including US subprime-related) securities, Barclays exposure to mortgage and credit market risk and Barclays financial condition. The consolidated amended complaint asserts claims under Sections 11, 12(a)(2) and 15 of the Securities Act of 1933. On 5 January 2011, the Court issued an Order and, on 7 January 2011, Judgment was entered, granting the defendants' motion to dismiss the complaint in its entirety and closing the case. On 4 February 2011, the plaintiffs filed a motion asking the Court to reconsider in part its dismissal order. On 31 May 2011, the Court denied in full the plaintiffs' motion for reconsideration. The plaintiffs have appealed both decisions (the grant of the defendants' motion to dismiss and the denial of the plaintiffs' motion for reconsideration) to the United States Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit. Oral argument was held on 18 October 2012.
 
 
Barclays considers that these ADS-related claims against it are without merit and is defending them vigorously. It is not practicable to estimate Barclays possible loss in relation to these claims or any effect that they might have upon operating results in any particular financial period.
 
 
US Federal Housing Finance Agency and Other Residential Mortgage-Backed Securities Litigation
 
 
The United States Federal Housing Finance Agency (FHFA), acting for two US government sponsored enterprises, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac (collectively, the GSEs), filed lawsuits against 17 financial institutions in connection with the GSEs' purchases of residential mortgage-backed securities (RMBS). The lawsuits allege, amongst other things, that the RMBS offering materials contained materially false and misleading statements and/or omissions. Barclays Bank PLC and/or certain of its affiliates or former employees are named in two of these lawsuits, relating to sales between 2005 and 2007 of RMBS, in which BCI was lead or co-lead underwriter.
 
 
Both complaints demand, amongst other things: rescission and recovery of the consideration paid for the RMBS; and recovery for the GSEs' alleged monetary losses arising out of their ownership of the RMBS. The complaints are similar to other civil actions filed against Barclays Bank and/or certain of its affiliates by other plaintiffs, including the Federal Home Loan Bank of Seattle, Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston, Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago, Cambridge Place Investment Management, Inc., HSH Nordbank AG (and affiliates), Sealink Funding Limited, Landesbank Baden-Württemberg (and affiliates), Deutsche Zentral-Genossenschaftsbank AG (and affiliates), Stichting Pensioenfonds ABP, Royal Park Investments SA/NV, Bayerische Landesbank, John Hancock Life Insurance Company (and affiliates), Prudential Life Insurance Company of America (and affiliates) and the National Credit Union Administration relating to purchases of RMBS. Barclays considers that the claims against it are without merit and intends to defend them vigorously.
 
Financial Statement Notes
 
17.         Legal Proceedings (continued)
 
 
The original amount of RMBS related to the claims against Barclays in the FHFA cases and the other civil actions against Barclays Bank PLC and/or certain of its affiliates totalled approximately $8.5bn, of which approximately $2.7bn was outstanding as at 31 December 2012. Cumulative losses reported on these RMBS as at 31 December 2012 were approximately $0.4bn. If Barclays were to lose these cases Barclays believes it could incur a loss of up to the outstanding amount of the RMBS at the time of Judgment (taking into account further principal payments after 31 December 2012), plus any cumulative losses on the RMBS at such time and any interest, fees and costs, less the market value of the RMBS at such time. Barclays has estimated the total market value of the RMBS as at 31 December 2012 to be approximately $1.6bn. Barclays may be entitled to indemnification for a portion of any losses. These figures do not include two related class actions brought on behalf of a putative class of investors in RMBS issued by Countrywide and underwritten by BCI and other underwriters, in which Barclays is indemnified by Countrywide.
 
 
Devonshire Trust
 
 
On 13 January 2009, Barclays commenced an action in the Ontario Superior Court (the Court) seeking an order that its early terminations earlier that day of two credit default swaps under an ISDA Master Agreement with the Devonshire Trust (Devonshire), an asset-backed commercial paper conduit trust, were valid. On the same day, Devonshire purported to terminate the swaps on the ground that Barclays had failed to provide liquidity support to Devonshire's commercial paper when required to do so. On 7 September 2011, the Court ruled that Barclays early terminations were invalid, Devonshire's early terminations were valid and, consequently, Devonshire was entitled to receive back from Barclays cash collateral of approximately C$533m together with accrued interest thereon. Barclays is appealing the Court's decision. If the Court's decision were to be unaffected by future proceedings, Barclays estimates that its loss would be approximately C$500m, less any impairment provisions taken by Barclays for this matter.
 
 
LIBOR Civil Actions
 
 
Barclays and other banks have been named as defendants in class action and non-class action lawsuits pending in United States Federal Courts in connection with their roles as contributor panel banks to US Dollar LIBOR, the first of which was filed on 15 April 2011. The complaints are substantially similar and allege, amongst other things, that Barclays and the other banks individually and collectively violated various provisions of the Sherman Act, the Commodity Exchange Act, the Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organizations Act (RICO) and various state laws by suppressing or otherwise manipulating US Dollar LIBOR rates. The lawsuits seek an unspecified amount of damages and trebling of damages under the Sherman and RICO Acts. The proposed class actions purport to be brought on behalf of (amongst others) plaintiffs that (i) engaged in US Dollar LIBOR-linked over-the-counter transactions; (ii) purchased US Dollar LIBOR-linked financial instruments on an exchange; (iii) purchased US Dollar LIBOR-linked debt securities; (iv) purchased adjustable-rate mortgages linked to US Dollar LIBOR; or (v) issued loans linked to US Dollar LIBOR.
 
 
An additional class action was commenced on 30 April 2012 in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York (SDNY) against Barclays and other Japanese Yen LIBOR panel banks by plaintiffs involved in exchange-traded derivatives. The complaint also names members of the Japanese Bankers Association's Euroyen TIBOR panel, of which Barclays is not a member. The complaint alleges, amongst other things, manipulation of the Euroyen TIBOR and Yen LIBOR rates and breaches of US antitrust laws between 2006 and 2010.
 
 
A further class action was commenced on 6 July 2012 in the SDNY against Barclays and other EURIBOR panel banks by plaintiffs that purchased or sold EURIBOR-related financial instruments. The complaint alleges, amongst other things, manipulation of the EURIBOR rate and breaches of the Sherman Act and the Commodity Exchange Act beginning as early as 1 January 2005 and continuing through to 31 December 2009. On 23 August 2012, the plaintiffs voluntarily dismissed the complaint.
 
 
In addition, Barclays has been granted conditional leniency from the Antitrust Division of the DOJ in connection with potential US antitrust law violations with respect to financial instruments that reference EURIBOR.
 
 
Barclays has also been named as a defendant along with four current and former Barclays officers and directors in a proposed securities class action pending in the SDNY in connection with Barclays role as a contributor panel bank to LIBOR. The complaint principally alleges that Barclays Annual Reports for the years 2006-2011 contained misstatements and omissions concerning (amongst other things) Barclays compliance with its operational risk management processes and certain laws and regulations. The complaint also alleges that Barclays daily US Dollar LIBOR submissions themselves constituted false statements in violation of US securities law. The complaint is brought on behalf of a proposed class consisting of all persons or entities (other than the defendants) that purchased Barclays sponsored American Depositary Receipts on an American securities exchange between 10 July 2007 and 27 June 2012. The complaint asserts claims under Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act 1934.
 
 
It is not practicable to provide an estimate of the financial impact of the potential exposure of any of the actions described or what effect if any that they might have upon operating results, cash flows or Barclays financial position in any particular period.
 
 
See also Note 18.
 
 
Other
 
 
Barclays is engaged in various other legal proceedings both in the United Kingdom and a number of overseas jurisdictions, including the United States, involving claims by and against it which arise in the ordinary course of business, including debt collection, consumer claims and contractual disputes. Barclays does not expect the ultimate resolution of any of these proceedings to which Barclays is party to have a material adverse effect on its results of operations, cash flows or the financial position of the Group and Barclays has not disclosed the contingent liabilities associated with these claims either because they cannot reliably be estimated or because such disclosure could be prejudicial to the conduct of the claims. Provisions have been recognised for those cases where Barclays is able reliably to estimate the probable loss where the probable loss is not de minimis.
 
18.     Competition and Regulatory Matters   
 
 
This note highlights some of the key competition and regulatory challenges facing Barclays, many of which are beyond our control. The extent of the impact of these matters on Barclays and the impact on Barclays of any other competition and regulatory matters in which Barclays is or may in the future become involved cannot always be predicted but may materially impact our businesses and earnings.
 
 
Regulatory change
 
 
There is continuing political and regulatory scrutiny of the banking industry which, in some cases, is leading to increased or changing regulation which is likely to have a significant effect on the industry.
 
 
On 4 February 2013, the UK Government introduced the Financial Services (Banking Reform) Bill (the Bill) to the House of Commons. The Bill would give the UK authorities the powers to implement the key recommendations of the Independent Commission on Banking by requiring, amongst other things: (i) the separation of the UK and EEA retail banking activities of UK banks in a legally distinct, operationally separate and economically independent entity (so called "ring fencing") and (ii) the increase of the loss-absorbing capacity of ring-fenced banks and UK headquartered global systemically important banks to levels higher than the Basel 3 guidelines. The Bill would also give depositors protected under the Financial Services Compensation Scheme preference if a bank enters insolvency. At the same time, the Government announced that it will be bringing forward amendments to the Bill to establish a reserve power allowing the regulator, with approval from the Government, to enforce full separation under certain circumstances. The Government is expected to publish draft secondary legislation by late summer this year. The UK Government intends that primary and secondary legislation will be in place by the end of this Parliament (May 2015) and that UK banks will be required to be compliant by 1 January 2019.
 
 
The US Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act contains far reaching regulatory reform, including potential reform of the regulatory regime for foreign banks operating in the US which may, amongst other things, require the US subsidiaries of foreign banks to be held under a US intermediate holding company subject to a comprehensive set of prudential and supervisory requirements in the US. The full impact on Barclays businesses and markets will not be known until the principal implementing rules are adopted in final form by governmental authorities, a process which is underway and which will take effect over several years.
 
 
Interchange
 
 
The Office of Fair Trading, as well as other competition authorities elsewhere in Europe, continues to investigate Visa and MasterCard credit and debit interchange rates. These investigations may have an impact on the consumer credit industry as well as having the potential for the imposition of fines. The timing of these cases is uncertain and it is not possible to provide an estimate of the potential financial impact of this matter on Barclays.
 

 

 
Financial Statement Notes
 
18.     Competition and Regulatory Matters (continued)
 
 
London Interbank Offered Rate
 
 
The UK Financial Services Authority (the FSA), the US Commodity Futures Trading Commission (the CFTC), the US Securities and Exchange Commission, the US Department of Justice Fraud Section (the DOJ-FS) and Antitrust Division, the European Commission, the UK Serious Fraud Office and various US state attorneys general are amongst various authorities conducting investigations (the Investigations) into submissions made by Barclays and other panel members to the bodies that set various interbank offered rates, such as the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) and the Euro Interbank Offered Rate (EURIBOR).
 
 
On 27 June 2012, Barclays announced that it had reached settlements with the FSA, the CFTC and the DOJ-FS in relation to their Investigations and Barclays had agreed to pay total penalties of £290m (pounds sterling equivalent), which have been reflected in operating expenses for 2012. The settlements were made by entry into a Settlement Agreement with the FSA, a Non-Prosecution Agreement (NPA) with the DOJ-FS and a Settlement Order Agreement with the CFTC. In addition, Barclays has been granted conditional leniency from the Antitrust Division of the Department of Justice in connection with potential US antitrust law violations with respect to financial instruments that reference EURIBOR.
 
 
The terms of the Settlement Agreement with the FSA are confidential. However, the Final Notice of the FSA, which imposed a financial penalty of £59.5m, is publicly available on the website of the FSA. This sets out the FSA's reasoning for the penalty, references the settlement principles and sets out the factual context and justification for the terms imposed.  Summaries of the NPA and the CFTC Order are set out below. The full text of the NPA and the CFTC Order are publicly available on the websites of the DOJ and the CFTC, respectively.
 
 
In addition to a $200m civil monetary penalty, the CFTC Order requires Barclays to cease and desist from further violations of specified provisions of the Commodity Exchange Act and take specified steps to ensure the integrity and reliability of its benchmark interest rate submissions, including LIBOR and EURIBOR, and improve related internal controls. Amongst other things, the CFTC Order requires Barclays to:
 
 
-
Make its submissions based on certain specified factors, with Barclays transactions being given the greatest weight, subject to certain specified adjustments and considerations
 
-
Implement firewalls to prevent improper communications including between traders and submitters
 
-
Prepare and retain certain documents concerning submissions and retain relevant communications
 
-
Implement auditing, monitoring and training measures concerning its submissions and related processes
 
-
Make regular reports to the CFTC concerning compliance with the terms of the CFTC Order
 
-
Use best efforts to encourage the development of rigorous standards for benchmark interest rates
 
-
Continue to cooperate with the CFTC's ongoing investigation of benchmark interest rates
 
 
As part of the NPA, Barclays agreed to pay a $160m penalty. In addition, the DOJ agreed not to prosecute Barclays for any crimes (except for criminal tax violations, as to which the DOJ cannot and does not make any agreement) related to Barclays submissions of benchmark interest rates, including LIBOR and EURIBOR, contingent upon Barclays satisfaction of specified obligations under the NPA. In particular, under the NPA, Barclays agreed for a period of two years from 26 June 2012, amongst other things, to:
 
 
-
commit no United States crime whatsoever
 
-
truthfully and completely disclose non-privileged information with respect to the activities of Barclays, its officers and employees, and others concerning all matters about which the DOJ inquires of it, which information can be used for any purpose, except as otherwise limited in the NPA
 
-
bring to the DOJ's attention all potentially criminal conduct by Barclays or any of its employees that relates to fraud or violations of the laws governing securities and commodities markets
 
-
bring to the DOJ's attention all criminal or regulatory investigations, administrative proceedings or civil actions brought by any governmental authority in the United States by or against Barclays or its employees that alleges fraud or violations of the laws governing securities and commodities markets
 

 

 
Financial Statement Notes
 
18.     Competition and Regulatory Matters (continued)
 
 
Barclays also agreed to cooperate with the DOJ and other government authorities in the United States in connection with any investigation or prosecution arising out of the conduct described in the NPA, which commitment shall remain in force until all such investigations and prosecutions are concluded. Barclays also continues to cooperate with the other ongoing investigations.
 
 
It is not practicable to provide an estimate of the financial impact of these matters or what effect, if any, that the matters might have upon operating results, cash flows or Barclays financial position in any particular period.
 
 
For a discussion of litigation arising in connection with the Investigations see Note 17.
 
 
Interest Rate Hedging Products
 
 
See Note 12.
 
 
FERC Investigation
 
 
The United States Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (the FERC) Office of Enforcement investigated Barclays power trading in the western US with respect to the period from late 2006 through 2008. On 31 October 2012, the FERC issued a public Order to Show Cause and Notice of Proposed Penalties (Order and Notice) against Barclays Bank PLC in relation to this matter. In the Order and Notice the FERC asserts that Barclays Bank PLC violated the FERC's Anti-Manipulation Rule by manipulating the electricity markets in and around California from November 2006 to December 2008. The FERC is proposing that Barclays Bank PLC pay a $435m civil penalty and disgorge an additional $34.9m of profits plus interest.  Barclays intends to vigorously defend this matter. 
 
 
Other Regulatory Investigations
 
 
The FSA and the Serious Fraud Office are both investigating certain commercial agreements between Barclays and Qatari interests and whether these may have related to Barclays capital raisings in June and November 2008. The FSA investigation involves four current and former senior employees including Chris Lucas, Group Finance Director, as well as Barclays. The FSA enforcement investigation began in July 2012 and the Serious Fraud Office commenced its investigation in August 2012.
 
 
In October 2012 Barclays was informed by the US Department of Justice and the US Securities and Exchange Commission that they had commenced an investigation into whether the Group's relationships with third parties who assist Barclays to win or retain business are compliant with the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. 
 
 
Barclays is co-operating with all the authorities fully. It is not possible to estimate the financial impact upon Barclays should any adverse findings be made.
 
 

 
 
19.         Related Party Transactions
 
 
There were no changes in the related party transactions since 2011 that materially affect the financial position or performance of the Group.
 
 

 
 
 
 

 
 

 
Financial Statement Notes
 
20.         Segmental Reporting
 
 
 
Analysis of results by business
UK RBB
Europe RBB
Africa RBB
Barclaycard
RBB Total
Year Ended 31 December 2012
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
 
 
Total income net of insurance claims
4,421 
915 
3,157 
4,170 
12,663 
Credit impairment charges and other provisions
(269)
(328)
(646)
(979)
(2,222)
Net operating income
4,152 
587 
2,511 
3,191 
10,441 
Operating expenses
(3,864)
(839)
(2,053)
(2,135)
(8,891)
Other income/(losses)1 
4 
13 
10 
30 
57 
Profit /(loss) before tax
292 
(239)
468 
1,086 
1,607 
Total assets  
136,665 
47,128 
44,798 
37,511 
266,102 
Analysis of results by business
Investment Bank
 
Corporate Banking
Wealth and Investment Management
Head Office
and Other
Operations
Group Total
Year Ended 31 December 2012 continued
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
 
 
Total income net of insurance claims
11,722 
2,918 
1,815 
(4,427)
24,691 
Credit impairment charges and other provisions
(460)
(872)
(38)
(4)
(3,596)
Net operating income
11,262 
2,046 
1,777 
(4,431)
21,095 
Operating expenses
(7,249)
(2,355)
(1,463)
(1,031)
(20,989)
Other income/(losses)1 
50 
10 
1 
22 
140 
Profit /(loss) before tax  
4,063 
(299)
315 
(5,440)
246 
Total assets  
1,074,805 
86,255 
23,716 
39,443 
1,490,321 
           
 
 
Analysis of results by business
UK RBB
Europe RBB
Africa RBB
Barclaycard
RBB Total
Year Ended 31 December 2011
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
 
 
Total income net of insurance claims
4,656 
1,226 
3,571 
4,095 
13,548 
Credit impairment charges and other provisions
(536)
(261)
(466)
(1,259)
(2,522)
Net operating income
4,120 
965 
3,105 
2,836 
11,026 
Operating expenses
(3,102)
(1,638)
(2,279)
(2,306)
(9,325)
Other income/(losses)1 
2 
12 
6 
31 
51 
Profit /(loss) before tax  
1,020 
(661)
832 
561 
1,752 
Total assets  
127,845 
51,310 
48,243 
33,838 
261,236 
Analysis of results by business
Investment Bank
 
Corporate Banking
Wealth and Investment Management
Head Office
and Other
Operations
Group Total
Year Ended 31 December 2011 continued
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
 
 
Total income net of insurance claims
10,335 
3,108 
1,744 
3,557 
32,292 
Credit impairment charges and other provisions
(93)
(1,147)
(41)
1 
(3,802)
Impairment of investment in BlackRock, Inc
- 
- 
- 
(1,800)
(1,800)
Net operating income
10,242 
1,961 
1,703 
1,758 
26,690 
Operating expenses
(7,289)
(1,882)
(1,493)
(788)
(20,777)
Other income/(losses)1 
12 
(71)
(3)
(23)
(34)
Profit /(loss) before tax  
2,965 
8 
207 
947 
5,879 
Total assets  
1,158,350 
91,190 
20,866 
31,885 
1,563,527 
           
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1    Other income/(losses) represents: share of post-tax results of associates and joint ventures; profit or (loss) on disposal of subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures; and gains on acquisition.
 
 

 
 

 
Other Financial Information
      
 
 
 
 
Income by Geographic Region1 
Adjusted2 
  
Statutory
 
31.12.12
31.12.11
    
31.12.12
31.12.11
  
 
£m
£m
% Change
  
£m
£m
% Change
UK
12,012 
11,981 
-
  
7,433 
15,819 
(53)
Europe
3,816 
4,207 
(9)
  
3,816 
4,207 
(9)
Americas
7,599 
6,083 
25 
  
7,826 
6,025 
30 
Africa and Middle East
4,510 
4,967 
(9)
  
4,510 
4,967 
(9)
Asia
1,106 
1,274 
(13)
  
1,106 
1,274 
(13)
Total   
29,043 
 28,512 
 2 
  
24,691 
 32,292 
(24)
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  1 
 Total income net of insurance claims based on counterparty location.
  2
 Adjusted income excludes the impact of an own credit charge of £4,579m (2011: gains on own credit of £2,708m), gains on debt buybacks of £nil (2011: £1,130m) and gain on disposal of strategic investment in BlackRock, Inc. of £227m (2011: loss of £58m).
 
 

 
 

 
Shareholder Information
 
Results Timetable1 
Date
    
Ex-dividend date
20 February 2013
  
Dividend Record date
22 February 2013
  
Dividend Payment date
15 March 2013
  
Q1 2013 Interim Management Statement
24 April 2013
  
2013 Annual General Meeting
25 April 2013
  
       
Exchange Rates2 
31.12.12
31.12.11
Change3 
Period end - US$/£
1.62 
1.54 
(5%)
Average - US$/£
1.59 
1.61 
1%
Period end - €/£
1.23 
1.19 
(3%)
Average - €/£
1.23 
1.15 
(7%)
Period end - ZAR/£
13.74 
12.52 
(9%)
Average - ZAR/£
13.03 
11.60 
(11%)
       
Share Price Data
31.12.12
31.12.11
  
Barclays PLC (p)
262.40 
176.05 
  
Absa Group Limited (ZAR)
164.00 
141.00 
  
       
For Further Information Please Contact
      
       
Investor Relations
Media Relations
Charlie Rozes +44 (0) 20 7116 5752
Giles Croot +44 (0) 20 7116 6132
         
 
 
More information on Barclays can be found on our website: www.barclays.com.
 
 
Registered Office
 
 
1 Churchill Place, London, E14 5HP, United Kingdom. Tel: +44 (0) 20 7116 1000. Company number: 48839
 
 
Registrar
 
 
The Registrar to Barclays, Aspect House, Spencer Road, Lancing, West Sussex, BN99 6DA, United Kingdom.
 
 
Tel: 0871 384 20554 from the UK or +44 121 415 7004 from overseas.
 
 
Listing
 
 
The principal trading market for Barclays PLC ordinary shares is the London Stock Exchange. Trading on the New York Stock Exchange is in the form of ADSs under the ticker symbol 'BCS'. Each ADS represents four ordinary shares of 25p each and is evidenced by an ADR. The ADR depositary is JP Morgan Chase Bank, whose international telephone number is +1-651-453-2128, domestic telephone number is 1-800-990-1135 and address is JPMorgan Chase Bank, PO Box 64504, St. Paul, MN 55164-0504, USA.
 
 
Dividend Reinvestment Plan
 
 
Shareholders may have their dividends reinvested in Barclays shares by joining the Barclays Dividend Reinvestment Plan (DRIP). The DRIP is a straightforward and cost-effective way of using your dividends to build your shareholding in Barclays. For further details, including application information, please visit www.barclays.com or alternatively contact: The Plan Administrator to Barclays DRIP, Aspect House, Spencer Road, Lancing, West Sussex, BN99 6DA, United Kingdom, or by telephoning 0871 384 20554 from the UK or +44 121 415 7004 from overseas.
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1     Note that these announcement dates are provisional and subject to change.
 
 
2     The average rates shown above are derived from daily spot rates during the year used to convert foreign currency transactions into Sterling for accounting purposes. 
 
 
3     The change is the impact to Sterling reported information.
 
 
4     Calls cost 8p per minute plus network extras. Lines open 8:30am to 5:30pm, Monday to Friday.
 
 

 
 

 
Index
 
 
Africa Retail and Business Banking
18
  
Margins and balances
40
  
 
Administration and general expenses
85
  
Market risk
83
  
 
Balance sheet
11
  
Net interest income
85
  
 
Balance sheet leverage
47
  
Non-controlling interests
86
  
 
Barclaycard
20
  
Other reserves
92
  
 
Basis of preparation
84
  
Performance highlights
2
  
 
Capital ratios
43
  
Potential credit risk loans
62
  
 
Capital resources
43
  
Principal risks
42
  
 
Cash flow statement
13
  
Provisions
90
  
 
Chief Executive's statement
4
  
Related party transactions
99
  
 
Competition and regulatory matters
97
  
Remuneration
35
  
 
Contingent liabilities and commitments
93
  
Results by quarter
8, 33
  
 
Corporate Banking
26
  
Results timetable
102
  
 
Credit impairment charges and other credit provisions
58
  
Retail credit risk
61
  
 
Credit market exposures
82
  
Retail forbearance programmes
66
  
 
Credit risk
56
  
Retirement benefits
92
  
 
Derivative financial instruments
87
  
Returns and equity by business
39
  
 
Dividends on ordinary shares
86
  
Risk weighted assets
45
  
 
Earnings per share
86
  
Segmental reporting
100
  
 
Europe Retail and Business Banking
16
  
Share capital
92
  
 
Financial instruments held at fair value
88
  
Share price data
102
  
 
Finance Director's review
6
  
Statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income
10
  
 
Funding and liquidity
7, 48
  
Statement of changes in equity
12
  
 
Goodwill and intangible assets
89
  
Subordinated liabilities
89
  
 
Group exposure to Eurozone Countries
72
  
Taxation
85
  
 
Head Office and Other Operations
32
  
Tier 1 capital ratio
43
  
 
Income statement
9
  
Total assets
56
  
 
Investment Bank
22
  
UK Retail and Business Banking
14
  
 
Legal proceedings
94
  
Wealth and Investment Management
30
  
 
Liquidity pool
49
  
Wholesale credit risk
68
  
 
Loans and advances to customers and banks
57
  
Wholesale forbearance
71
  
             
             
 
The glossary of terms can be found on:
http://group.barclays.com/about-barclays/investor-relations#institutional-investors